#Hopefully this makes sense. And uh. disclaimer of course that while i do have some amount of experience w this stuff...
Explore tagged Tumblr posts
blackvahana · 3 months ago
Note
Hey, love your blog! I was wondering if you could tell me a bit about the mindscape, headspace, etc. is it a place in the astral or somewhere in between, and does it count as astral work/travel to go there. Thankyou :))
Hi, thank you!
I'll answer a bit out of order for a reason... I wouldn't count it as astral work/etc, I personally classify is under "mindwalking".
It's rough, in my experience basically every plane including this one is on a spectrum between Material and Mental. Every one is... both, at least if you can traverse it, which makes things confusing. However, just because both the ocean and the rain are experiences of "being in water", that doesn't make differentiating them unimportant - likewise just because technically even the physical plane is partly mental, that doesn't mean differentiating astral and mental are no longer important.
I answer classifications first mostly because I think its important that astral projection/etc is "Astral" not "mindspace" projection, "astral" is a term used for specific types of spaces in the way "physical" is. If "astral" and "mental" work were to be classified as the same thing, genuinely we may as well class "physical" things as "mental" too. None of that is saying you're (insert some negative word here) for asking about them, specifically Im lingering on it because the classification in itself is the biggest source of definitive lines drawn between things.
I'll say it this way: I guess its like asking about... Is a mountain a part of a valley? No. There is definitely a part where they are indistinguishable - but mountain climbers climb mountains, rivers settle in valleys, so while you can walk the line between these two things if youre aiming for Astral work (say: mountain climbing) youre not doing the same thing as mindwalking (say: river settling in a valley).
All that out of the way, I absolutely can tell you about those things in my experience. Mindspaces/headspaces (the only distinction I draw between terms is headspace is, in my experienced, used for systems and... as much as I know plurality comes about through many means, I am actually very big on medical terms being left to those that have medical disorders. Is headspace as much a medical term as system is? no, but Id rather stay out of it and just leave that term alone personally) (thats to say theyre likely similar or the same, but I cant talk on what gets called a headspace).
Mindspaces are complicated. They're essentially heavily rooted in the mental, which is to say the elemental mental... highly influenced by thought, extensions of self, mental is hard to define. That said, as I said earlier, theres places where mental and Astral blur. I actually have a portal in my mindspace to a place in Astral Mongolia, but that... involves weaving reality in... well. ok. TLDR its currently not super connected because it involves stitching a hole from unreality (not. nothingness, not nonreality) into reality, which is loosely like birthing something from nothing - but possible given the ties between them
Mindwalking does involve quite a few sort of... similar skills to AP and Astral work though. Not just that, but it shares similarities on a surface level IE you can meet spirits there as well as people you know irl, and so on. It is.... highly programmable
I think - on that note - a quick detour is important. The mental can be programmed to be incredibly realistic or absolute nothingness. Reality Shifting in all my experience - including creating and going into an "alternate reality" out of my control with my husband - is a Mental function. Dreams (everything from nonsensical flashes of memories, to weird unlucid adventures, to nightmares, to lucid dreaming) are Mental functions, "alternate realities" shifted into with RS, mindspaces, as well as autonomous other people/servitors/i-cant-stand-the-word-tulpa-but-thats-what-it-is-colloquiallys, manifestations of memories, visions/autovisions, as well as what Ive had in two mindspaces now, portals to other things including the astral, are all mental things... And so with that complexity hopefully its more understood when i say that one can go to the mindspace like they can project
its a different process but can be done with the same process, if that makes sense. You can lie down and get into the void state or whatever and "project" into the mental. That makes it complicated and hard to differentiate - if youre treating them as the same. if youre not its much easier to navigate. So, TLDR: Mindspace is a function of the mental where one creates a mental space that is sustained outside their image conjuring (if you put a book down in the mindspace and forget, it should still be there. if you put a book down in imagination while youre imagining youre in a place, it shouldnt still be there when you get back - mindspace is a stable mental space, imagination is a simulation of a space. technically both are simulations but mindspace becomes passively simulated and imagination is actively simulated), and theres a difference between astral and mental work (mindwalking is a type of mental work), but they do get mixed up and arent quite fully separate in many ways
6 notes · View notes
yellowmagicalgirl · 4 years ago
Text
Reunions and Revelations
On their third day at Arcadia Oaks High, Aja and Krel have their memories of the previous timeline restored. Krel is insistent upon seeing Douxie again, and Aja is a little confused. After all, even though they were friends she didn’t think they were that close.
Disclaimer: I do not own the Tales of Arcadia franchise. If I did, Rise of the Titans would be extremely different.
Have I seen the movie? No, but I’ve seen spoilers, which lead to me coming up with an idea that I shared with the Klebuckets server, and @gayspiderman convinced me to write said idea.
This fic is not canon compliant in that Akiridion kissing does not lead to pregnancy any more than kissing between two humans leads to pregnancy. (And also not canon compliant in that again, I did not actually watch the movie and do not want to.) That being said, this is probably the most RotT-compliant fic I will ever write.
AO3
FFN
Mother’s three rules did not help. Being prepared for change and embracing their mistakes had only led to them being sent to Principal Levit’s office, and playing with their phones had resulted in detention. All Aja wanted to do was go home, even though she knew when she got there she’d have to deal with another lecture from Varvatos and Mother about staying inconspicuous.
Aja found her and Krel’s path blocked by three humans.
“Aja and Krel, right?” the tallest of them said. “I’m Jim, and these are Toby and Claire.” He gestured with his head to the boy and girl standing beside him as he said their names. Mother had definitely been wrong when she’d claimed that girls on this planet were invisible. “I’ve been trying to do this for a couple days.”
“And what is ‘this?’” Aja asked.
Jim pulled a small disk out of his pocket. Along the top half of the disk were the words “for the good of all”. Along the bottom half were a series of scuff marks, like words had been marred out to no longer be legible. Some parts of it looked eerily similar to Akiridion technology, and yet other parts were far too different.
“It’s a school tradition. Touch the disk, and you’ll do well on your finals and everything because you’ll have the entire school backing you up.”
Aja didn’t believe that was real, and she didn’t care about finals. But, if she complied, then Jim, Toby, and Claire would hopefully get out of her way. And so Aja looked closer.
Oh.
Oh.
Of course that was why the amulet looked almost like Akiridion technolgy, because Krel had been involved in building it. These weren’t three random humans who were taking up Aja’s time, they were her friends from the future. A future that, hopefully, wouldn’t fully come true. Hopefully she’d be able to save her Mama and Papa, and Tronos, and Buster, and Toby, who was once more alive in front of her.
“What did you do to my sister?” Krel demanded.
“Krel, just touch it,” Aja said.
“No, I don’t want to.” He lowered his voice to a hiss. “That looks like an inferior form of Akiridion technology! I think they’re disguised bounty hunters!”
Ah, so he had recognized his work on the amulet, but not that he had been the one who worked on it, and definitely not that Douxie had been helping him. Of course not. He didn’t remember. Well, that was easy enough to fix.
Aja grabbed her brother’s wrist. He fought back as she forced him to touch the amulet. For a brief moment, his eyes flashed with blue-green light.
So that was why he had been so concerned.
Krel smacked his forehead before dragging his hand down his face. The gesture looked familiar, but also like it belonged on someone else. “I was clearly wrong when I said it was inferior. But, seriously? School tradition? That was the best you could come up with?”
“Just in case it didn’t work,” Toby said.
“Why wouldn’t it work?” Aja asked. “Wait, did it not work on the trolls?”
“No, it worked on them,” Claire said. “I have no idea why Douxie’s been so worried about it not working on the two of you and Varvatos.”
“Douxie’s been worried about me?” Krel smiled and looked away as he tucked a strand of hair behind his ear. That was... odd.
“Yeah, he even stuck around extra long passing out flyers for the Battle of the Bands on the day you guys arrived, since he knew you two’d be showing up,” Jim said. Krel smiled a little wider. “Everyone’s been trying to herd you two towards me so I could unlock your memories. If we hurry, we could go meet up with Douxie before he has to switch shifts from the bookstore to the bistro.”
“I mean, we should probably go make Varvatos remember, maybe then he won’t try and demand Eli’s thumbs anymore,” Aja said. “Plus, we might be able to fight off bounty hunters better!”
“Or,” Krel said, already walking ahead of the rest of them. “We could go find Douxie so he stops worrying. I mean, Varvatos is just waiting around the Mothership so it’s not like we’d have to worry too much about him getting into trouble. It’s not like the bounty hunters will actually show up for another week, anyways.” He stopped walking, wrapped his arms around himself, and frowned. “Um, where is it? I didn’t ever actually go there, since Bellroc burned it.”
“Come on, it’s this way,” Toby said, beginning to walk in the opposite direction that Krel had been walking in. Krel sighed, probably in relief, but why? Why was he so concerned?
They exited the school and made their way down the street.
“So, when you said everyone’s been trying to herd Krel and I towards you, does that mean the entire town remembers?” Aja asked.
“No. I can only unlock the memories of people I had a strong enough positive emotional bond with in the first timeline, and I have to be holding onto the amulet for it to work,” Jim said. “I tried unlocking Señor Uhl’s memories so he wouldn’t give Toby and I detention for skipping class for trollhunting duties, and it backfired.”
“Why isn’t he principal? Who even is Levit?” Aja stole a glance at her brother as he walked silently beside her. He looked nervous, and she wasn’t sure why.
“Well, since Strickler went to our side early in the timeline,” Toby said, “he decided not to kill the guy who was our principal at the beginning of the year. Which also means I didn’t have to worry about him flirting with my Nana.”
“Why would he flirt with your Nana?”
“Well, the only reason why Strickler flirted with Jim’s mom in the first place was because he was the trollhunter,” Toby said.
Aja’s jaw dropped. “You’re not the trollhunter anymore?”
“Of course he is,” Claire said. “It’s hunters, not hunter. But, Toby’s got the Daylight sword. Eclipse, too.”
“I guess it makes sense why you can’t command daylight anymore with the amulet Douxie and I made, since daylight would be Toby’s to command.” Krel tucked his hair behind his ear again when he said Douxie’s name. Why was he doing that? “But does it still have any other powers or is it just for unlocking memories?”
“Oh, yeah. I can still summon armor, and I’m using it to store my daggers. Though, I think the issue with daylight summoning is more the fact that the Green Knight still has Excalibur.” Jim frowned, and Claire put a hand on his shoulder.
“And none of us are going to get controlled by him. Him or his sister,” she said. Come to think of it, Claire didn’t look as sick as she had when Aja first met her during the...
“Hey, did we go through a bunch of time loops at the science fair?”
“Yep!” Toby said. “Though, like, Steve and Shannon and everyone doesn’t remember them since they didn’t have their memories protected. Just us, Blink, and my Wingman. And Vex wil, too, when he remembers.”
“Thank Deya we got Saturday detention with Shannon the first time around,” Claire said. “She’s been a major help, but I’m not sure if we ever would’ve bonded enough if not for that.”
“And we’re here,” Jim said, holding open the door to GDT Arcane Books. Aja glanced at her brother. There were tears in his eyes. But why? He hadn’t even been this emotional when he had reunited with Eli in their first timeline.
“Douxie?” Krel called out in an incredibly soft voice.
A broom clattered to the wooden ground.
Aja looked up in time to see Douxie standing on the top floor of the bookstore next to the fallen broom. He spun around and brought a hand to his mouth. He then ran and vaulted over the railing, using magic to slow his descent. At the same time, Krel ran to Douxie. They hugged tightly. Upon closer look, Douxie was crying just as much as Krel was. Aja could hear the two of them whispering to each other, but she couldn’t make out the words.
Aja knew they were friends, just like she was friends with all of the other Guardians, but she hadn’t realized they were so close. Then again, she knew that Douxie was skilled in music and wizard technology. Perhaps Krel had finally found someone who truly understood him while Aja had been ruling as queen. It was good for him to have a close friend.
Right as their hug began to grow a little long, Krel took half a step back and placed his hands on Douxie’s shoulders. Krel then used them as leverage as he pressed himself onto his toes to kiss Douxie.
What.
What?
“Uh, did they get together after I died or something?” Toby asked. Aja looked away from the kissing couple to Toby and the others. They looked just as perplexed by the situation in front of them as Aja felt.
“No, there was no time,” Jim said.
“Then,” Aja sputtered. “Then when did that happen?”
A/N: To answer Aja’s question, Douxie and Krel finally confessed their feelings to each other either shortly before or during the events of RotT. However, because everything was so tense and chaotic, they chose not to reveal the change in their relationship to any of their friends until after the titans were defeated. Instead, of course, Jim reset the timeline, so they didn’t get the chance before their dramatic romantic reunion. If the kiss described above isn’t their first kiss, then it’s probably their third kiss at most - though it’s not like they need to actually count them.
74 notes · View notes
rivalsforlife · 4 years ago
Text
The AAI Cast Takes On Twitter
Hello! For the release of ace attorney investigations 2 ten years ago, on the official AA twitter account, Capcom posted a bunch of tweets that were made to sound like they came from the characters themselves. You can still find them if you dig far enough, but it’s a bit of a pain to find and especially a pain to understand in English, so I decided to compile them all here and attempt to translate them. (They have also been “localized” in true ace attorney fashion.)
First, a disclaimer: I am absolutely NOT a translator and my understanding of Japanese is abysmal. I put the original tweets through google translate and then went through trying to make them legible, including looking up words and phrases when they didn’t make any sense. As a result, I can’t guarantee that this is completely accurate, and I definitely messed with phrasing a bit to get things to flow better or sound more in character. Hopefully the general gist of things should make sense! I’ll put the original Japanese text below the English one, and if you actually know Japanese and would like to properly translate it, please do so! I just wanted to get this out here as fast as possible.
If you want to view the original tweets, I’ve filtered them (mostly!) here in reverse-chronological order. There are tweets from the game staff at the end that I did not “translate”.
With that said, here are the tweets. (It is long, so most of it is under the cut.) The breaks are things I added that I believe were breaks in time on the actual account, and represent new scenes.
-----
<Edgeworth>: I was told to “tweet” what I usually think about to commemorate the release of “Ace Attorney Investigations 2”... What should I do?
<Kay>: Come on, Mr. Edgeworth! First, you need to introduce yourself!
<Edgeworth>: Oh. Sorry for the late introduction. My name is Miles Edgeworth, a prosecutor at the District Attorney's Office. Kay informed me that this is “Tweeter”. 
<Kay>: No! It’s pronounced "Twitter"!
<Edgeworth>: Is it "Tweeter"? I'm not very good at this kind of thing ...
<Kay>: Okay, moving on. Ace Attorney Investigations 2 is about to be released, and Mr. Edgeworth has a lot to say, right?
<Edgeworth>: Mm. Certainly, there are few opportunities like this, so this should be a valuable experience.
<Kay>: Then this Great Thief, Kay Faraday, will teach Mr. Edgeworth the fun of tweeting!
<Edgeworth>: I’m not very interested in that… but alright. More importantly, Kay, do you want to start working soon?
<Kay>: Yes! Then, we can play later!
<Edgeworth>: (Well, if you have any questions, do not hesitate to tweet.)
<Kay>: Mr. Edgeworth ... Your inner voice is in the tweet! Isn't that neat?
<Edgeworth>: Ah! Tweeter… I shouldn’t underestimate it. 
-----
<Edgeworth>: It's already 12 o'clock ... I wanted to take a break for lunch, but it seems that I won’t get the chance. The detective just reported a new case. I'm heading to the scene right now.
<Edgeworth>: Detective Gumshoe seems to have been in a hurry. He said he “lost something important”... It’s probably not something to worry about. I should concentrate on the investigation first. It takes a careful investigation to find out the truth hidden in the scene. There are many things that cannot be understood from desk work alone.
<Edgeworth>: I've arrived at the scene. Mm? It seems that some pencils have fallen near the victim.
<Edgeworth>: Search for the connection between information. That is the pursuit of "Logic". Assembling "Logic" is the key to the investigation even in Ace Attorney Investigations 2. “Something lost by Detective Gumshoe” and the “pencil left on the scene” ... There is one answer that can be derived from the two pieces of information.
<Edgeworth>: Detective Gumshoe! It seems that we found your lost pencil. ‥‥ Don’t leave extra evidence on the scene!
<Edgeworth>: Hmm ... Finally, the truth of the scene has come into view. This case will likely be resolved soon.
-----
<Kay>: Good evening! I came to play as promised!
<Gumshoe>: Welcome, Kay!
<Kay>: Huh? Gummy, are you also on Twitter?
<Gumshoe>: It’s popular among my detective friends. As long as my number of followers keeps increasing, I’m happy!
<Edgeworth>: What is a "follower"?
<Gumshoe>: Well, people who read your tweets. To put it simply, it’s like a friend group.
<Kay>: It seems that there are many people who are watching this tweet! Ehehe. That makes me kind of happy!
<Edgeworth>: Hmm. Friend group...? That sounds a little embarrassing, but thank you, followers.
<Kay>: Hmm. I feel that followers and friends are a little different. Well, as long as he’s happy.
<Edgeworth>: Let’s say that tomorrow we’ll spend more time with our followers on Tweeter.
-----
<Gumshoe>: I've been waiting for you, Prosecutor Edgeworth!
<Edgeworth>: Mm. Good morning Detective Gumshoe. It's rare for you to get to court earlier than me.
<Gumshoe>: That’s because I have to set a good example for my followers! I skipped dinner last night so I wouldn't be late.
<Edgeworth>: What does skipping dinner have to do with getting up early?
<Gumshoe>: Well, it sets a “belly clock”, so you wake up at breakfast time!
<Edgeworth>: (There are too many problems with that, and I don't feel like pointing them all out... I’ll just stay silent.)
<Gumshoe>: Mr. Edgeworth ... We can see the tweets of your inner voice, you know…?
<Edgeworth>: It's about time for the court to open. I'm heading into court without any uncertainty today.
-----
<Kay>: Hello everybody! I'm Kay Faraday, also known as the Great Thief Yatagarasu. Fufufu ... I’m actually in the gallery right now! I wanted to see Mr. Edgeworth and Gummy in court, and keep an eye on the enemy!
<Kay>: Oh! Mr. Edgeworth screamed, “Objection!” This is the 5th time today. The other lawyer is sweating now. The judge’s gavel is getting fierce! Eh -- what? “You can’t tweet in the courtroom…?” Hey!
<Kay>: Uh ... I was kicked out of the courtroom. As expected by the new rival of Ace Attorney Investigations 2, Justine Courtney! She seems like a kind judge, but also very observant.
<Kay>: This is an unexpectedly strong enemy! Mr. Edgeworth, are you okay ...?
<Edgeworth>: Kay. What were you doing in the gallery today?
<Gumshoe>: I was surprised to see Kay being kicked out of court!
<Kay>: I didn't think that tweeting was prohibited. As a Great Thief, this is the ultimate mistake!
<Edgeworth>: If you have time to regret breaking the rules of the court, use it to learn a little more about them.
<Kay>: If I had to leave the court anyways, I wanted to have a cooler exit, befitting of a Great Thief!
<Gumshoe>: … I don’t think she regretted breaking the rules. 
<Kay>: Anyway! You’ve already finished your work today, right?
<Edgeworth>: Yes, I finished my work in the courtroom today. It looks like we can have a nice holiday.
<Kay>: So, why don’t the three of us go play together! Bowling, karaoke, game centers, etc.!
<Edgeworth>: No ... I'm not very good at such things.
<Gumshoe>: Since it’s Friday night, why don’t we play around and recover from working hard! I think watching movies would be fun!
<Kay>: Yeah, you worked so hard this week! Now, let’s go play!
<Edgeworth>: *sigh*. Whatever I say, it’ll be a waste of time… If we must, at least make it a movie.
-----
<Gumshoe>: This Saturday morning is a nice time for a walk! I sometimes take a walk with Missile to build strength and give him training. As the “partner” of Prosecutor Edgeworth, I want to be useful in Ace Attorney Investigations 2!
<Gumshoe>: When investigating with a metal detector or collaborating with Missile, I will be second to none! Hey, Missile! Hmm? Is a scent bothering you? Aaaaa! Mi-Missile has run away! He must’ve smelled food.
<Gumshoe>: When this happens, I have to rely on the odor to chase after it! This is part of the investigation process! Uh… I lost him right away. When this happens, I have to prepare sweets that Missile likes to lure him in! …  I’m so overwhelmed.
<Kay>: It’s a shame to keep Missile as a police dog. He stole away Samurai Dogs from this Great Thief and ate them…! I was trying to eat with Ema.
<Gumshoe>: Sorry about that, pal. By the way, what were you doing together? Collecting fallen leaves…?
<Ema>: We’re grilling Samurai Dogs on this fire we made from scientific chemicals!
<Gumshoe>: Huh. Scientific chemicals, pal…? Mi-Mi-Mi-Mi-Missile! Do you feel alright?
<Kay>: It’s fine! He ate it before we started the fire.
<Gumshoe>: Oh. I wish I got to have some...
<Edgeworth>: It’s not good to use chemicals to play with fire, Ema. Scientific research is important, but please use moderation.
<Ema>: Yes! Moderation! By the way, are you going somewhere?
<Edgeworth>: Yes. I have some business. ... I don't have much time, so excuse me.
<Kay>: ... Mr. Edgeworth, where are you going?
<Ema>: Fufufu. In this case, we can follow his footsteps! Using the power of science… in moderation!
<Kay>: Alright! Let's follow him… in moderation!
<Gumshoe>: They both have a strange definition of “moderation”...
-----
<Kay>: That overwhelming scale! I think I’m going to cry! That’s a first for an orchestra concert!
<Ema>: The powerful sound of brass instruments and the splendid melody of woodwind instruments! Scientifically speaking, changing between different sounds is what makes music good.
<Edgeworth>: Umm. While I was looking forward to today, I didn't expect you two to follow me.
<Kay>: I wanted to bring Gummy as well, but he had to walk Missile, so he couldn’t come with us.
<Edgeworth>: The detective can still hear the “Ace Attorney Investigations 2 Orchestra Arrangement Collection” CD. You can pre-order one at E-Capcom.
<Ema>: I already pre-ordered it, of course! I’ll also get the 1:10 figure of Mr. Edgeworth!
<Edgeworth>: A 1:10 figure of myself? I don't remember measuring my height, but ...
<Kay>: That's because I stole Mr. Edgeworth's height perfectly!
<Edgeworth>: I'm a little hesitant to say it in the orchestra hall, but let me just say one word.
<Kay>: "Objection!"
<Edgeworth>: Wha…? How did you --!
<Ema>: This must be the famous technique of the Great Thief, stealing the words right out of his mouth! How informative!
-----
<Edgeworth>: I have no plans today, so I will spend my time reading at a nearby coffee shop. Naturally, I want to relax on Sundays.
<Edgeworth>: I’m drinking high-quality black tea in a comfortable sunny place. Today is going to be a good day off.
<Edgeworth>: Speaking of which, the other day, a follower named “Wendy” greeted me here on Tweeter. I don’t know how to return messages, so I haven’t done so yet. Let me thank you here. Ms. Wendy, thank you for following me.
<Oldbag>: E… Edgey-pooooooo! I finally found youuuuuuu!
<Edgeworth>: Gah! What are you doing in this coffee shop ...!?
<Oldbag>: No way, Edgey-poo! Just now, didn’t you say this on Twitter? Didn’t you just say “Ms. Wendy, thank you”? You made this old lady so happy! I just ran around all the coffee shops and searched for you everywhere, Edgey-poo. The power of lo
<Edgeworth>: Do you talk too much to fit on Tweeter? So, “Wendy” was you! No matter how many coffee shops you visit, there’s no way you found me so easily… Are you hiding something?
<Oldbag>: If you say that without evidence, you’d tarnish the title of “prosecutor!” I have nothing to hide from my dearest Edgey-poo!
<Edgeworth>: Hmm… Even without evidence, if I read your reactions and feelings, I can expose the truth while only using my words.
<Oldbag>: Oh, I heard about this, Edgey-poo! Isn’t it called “Logic Chess”? I know everything about you, Edgey-poo!
<Edgeworth>: What do you mean by “I know everything?”
<Oldbag>: You see, it’s because I’m a security guard. Recently, because the whippersnapper who was there before me got fired, I was temporarily guarding the prosecutor’s office. At that time, I just so happened to see your address, Edgey-poo.
<Edgeworth>: …………… I didn’t even need to pull out information, and you’re already telling me the answer!
<Oldbag>: Oh. It was a slip of the tongue. I thought I would get to see Logic chess.
<Edgeworth>: Well, could you see it in Ace Attorney Investigations 2? Please excuse me, I have very important business to attend to.
<Oldbag>: You mentioned that you have no business today! Today, I will never let you go!
-----
<Edgeworth>: Ngh… That was quite the disaster today.
<Edgeworth>: I was too careful just because it was a holiday. I was neglecting my remarks and wasn’t vigilant of those around me ...
<Edgeworth>: Mm? Now “Tweeter” is showing something from “Wendy”. … “Sorry. - Wendy.” … I’m not going to respond to that!
-----
<Gumshoe>: Prosecutor Edgeworth, did you hear? Agent Lang is coming from the Republic of Zheng Fa!
<Edgeworth>: Hm. Is he also involved in an international case? I didn’t have the opportunity to talk to him for long the last time. If I have time, I’ll go greet him.
<Gumshoe>: The last incident was a difficult one. I couldn’t talk much with Agent Lang’s subordinates, either.
<Gumshoe>: There are 100 people who know about it.
<Edgeworth>: If you tried to talk to everyone, the sun would set before you did.
<Gumshoe>: To be honest, I gave up trying to remember my own face and name.
<Edgeworth>: That’s just being lazy!
-----
<Lang>: Yo, Mr. Prosecutor. It's strange to see you in a place like this.
<Edgeworth>: It's been a long time, Agent Lang. I never thought we would meet again at a restaurant like this.
<Lang>: I just happened to see this place while I was looking for somewhere I could go alone.
<Edgeworth>: Alone ...? That’s unusual for you. Aren’t you usually with your subordinates?
<Lang>: Well… Lang Zi says: “To know the feelings of a lone wolf, you should leave the pack.” Sometimes I do things on my own.
<Edgeworth>: Is that so? However, I see a contradiction right there on your table.
<Lang>: Hah! Is that the prosecutor’s famous “deduction���?
<Edgeworth>: For someone eating alone, you ordered a lot of “platters”, which seem to serve over twenty people.
<Lang>: Arooooooo! ‥‥Oops. It seems I have a habit of ordering too much. If you don’t mind, Mr. Prosecutor, would you take a little?
<Edgeworth>: It seems that you’re not very good at acting alone.
-----
<Kay>: Eh? Agent Lang’s coming here again?
<Edgeworth>: Ah, yes. Unlike before, though, it seems like he’s acting alone for some reason.
<Kay>: Isn’t that because it’s difficult to sneak around with too many people? It’s an important rule for a Great Thief!
<Edgeworth>: He is an “international investigator”, not a “Great Thief”. … Anyway, he seemed to come to this country for some purpose.
<Kay>: Then, we might meet him again at a crime scene.
<Edgeworth>: Even if we both desire to pursue the truth, our paths often run counter to each other. If I meet him in the field, we may argue.
<Kay>: That’s nice. I also want a rival that will change me as a person! Ahh… I wonder if they’re out there… the rival who wants to hunt down the Great Thief!
<Edgeworth>: If you want to be arrested so badly, ask Detective Gumshoe.
<Kay>: Ugh! You just don’t get it!
-----
<Kay>: It's finally February!
<Edgeworth>: Oh. So it is...
<Gumshoe>: I'm looking forward to February 3rd!
<Gumshoe>: At our police station, we will sow beans for the bean-throwing festival! February 3rd is a precious day when you can eat soybeans for free!
<Kay>: Every year, I challenge myself with how many beans I can throw! “Out with the demons, in with the fortune, and in with the Great Thief’s treasure!”
<Edgeworth>: Did you forget the most important thing?
<Kay>: I was just kidding! Of course I remember what’s happening February 3rd!
<Gumshoe>: There is no reason to forget the release date of Ace Attorney Investigations 2!
<Edgeworth>: Mm ... I hope.
-----
<Edgeworth>: It’s three days before the game goes on sale. I hope the followers look forward to it as well.
<Edgeworth>: Investigating in winter is necessary, even if it’s cold, and you can’t catch a cold before the game goes on sale. Ergo, please take proper measures against the cold.
<Edgeworth>: Speaking of which, Detective Gumshoe wears the same coat all year round. Doesn’t that get cold? Ah… maybe it’s just that his salary is too low to buy anything else.
<Edgeworth>: ……… Should I invite Detective Gumshoe for dinner? What little I know about his eating habits worries me. I don’t think he’d eat instant noodles in winter… 
<Edgeworth>: There is a handmade udon restaurant near the prosecutor's office. The taste is satisfying for a reasonable price. ‥‥‥‥‥‥ Though, when it comes to inviting Detective Gumshoe, I shouldn’t limit myself to just noodles.
<Edgeworth>: Mm. I tweeted that it was only 3 days before the game’s release, but it was 2 days. I worked all night in the office yesterday. It seems my sense of time has gone haywire.
<Edgeworth>: What I tweeted then was contradictory… Pardon me. Thank you, followers who pointed that out.
---
<Gumshoe>: This pork roast is delicious! This is my first one of the year!
<Edgeworth>: Detective Gumshoe. Stop eating while tweeting!
<Gumshoe>: I've been eating only plain pasta this year. I couldn’t help myself!
<Kay>: I could, but I still tweeted!
<Edgeworth>: It may not be instant ramen, but his eating habits are always in crisis.
<Gumshoe>: Ugh... every time I make a mistake while investigating, the cost of living becomes a crisis.
<Kay>: But the one who is in the most danger right now is Mr. Edgeworth, isn't it? I saw it in a commercial! He’s having his “biggest crisis!”
<Gumshoe>: I heard it too ... What kind of mistake did you make, sir?
<Edgeworth>: Don’t compare me to you! I don’t know what it is, but I’m not afraid of any crisis. No matter what happens, I simply do what I think is right.
<Kay>: As expected of Mr. Edgeworth! Well, you can always count on this Great Thief to help you in an emergency!
<Gumshoe>: Of course, I will help too! If you want to manage your living expenses in a crisis, sir, just leave it to me!
<Edgeworth>: First, could you try helping me as a detective?
-----
<Kay>: By the way, Mr. Edgeworth, what kind of person is your father?
<Edgeworth>: … Why would you suddenly ask such a question?
<Kay>: I just asked Mr. Shields. He said your father was a very good person! I also respect my dad, so I was a little curious about yours.
<Edgeworth>: When I was a child, he was someone I highly respected, and… the kind of man I aspired to be.
<Kay>: Huh? Is it different now?
<Edgeworth>: ……… About that… It’s difficult to explain. If you want to know the answer, please wait until tomorrow.
<Kay>: I see! The answer is hidden in Ace Attorney Investigations 2. I’ll be sure to steal the truth about Mr. Edgeworth!
-----
<Kay>: Gummy! Please decorate it from the right side!
<Gumshoe>: Here it is! Oh no, the decoration fell!
<Edgeworth>: What are you doing in my office in the middle of my workday?
<Gumshoe>: I’m off duty, but since today’s the eve of the release date, I’m preparing a party!
<Kay>: It's almost time to tweet! Mr. Edgeworth, please work and just ignore us!
<Edgeworth>: If you truly want that, then please stop climbing on my desk. … I’ll finish work soon, so please wait until then. 
<Kay>: Eh! Are you going to help us?
<Edgeworth>: I would like to celebrate.
<Gumshoe>: That’s helpful, sir! Then, I’ll be sitting on the sofa and waiting until it’s time!
<Edgeworth>: ‥‥‥‥‥‥‥ Just wait in the corridor.
-----
<Gumshoe>: Cheers for the release of Ace Attorney Investigations 2!
<Edgeworth>: Hmm ... This party for the eve of the release is rather nice.
<Kay>: Ehehe. Tomorrow, we’ll give it our all!
<Edgeworth>: Umm. Thank you very much.
<Kay>: This is the last of our tweets ... It's a little regrettable.
<Edgeworth>: But I’m glad I had this opportunity to directly express my gratitude for the week. Those who were watching our tweets… let me thank you again.
<Gumshoe>: I still have something to talk about, but we’re already out of time!
<Kay>: But the eve of the release has only just begun! After this, you can talk to the development staff of “Ace Attorney Investigations 2” directly!
<Gumshoe>: Oh! Is that the plan?
<Kay>: I’m certain, because it’s information I stole from Capcom! It seems like it will start around 18:00!
<Edgeworth>: I do have a lot to ask, but let's leave that to the followers. Well then, excuse us for now.
<Edgeworth>: If you have any questions for the development staff, please quickly send them in!
------
Translation notes first:
The localized foods are as follows: 
dorayaki -> Samurai Dogs (since Missile also has a habit of eating those, though I don’t believe the original was dorayaki?)
somen -> instant ramen
katsudon -> pork roast
shirataki -> plain pasta
The “bean-throwing festival” is Setsubun, a festival where you toss soybeans and eat some in order to toss out bad luck and bring in good luck (to my understanding, please correct me if I’m wrong). What Kay said (minus the Great Thief part) is one translation of  a phrase you shout while throwing the beans. I obviously gave up on trying to localize this.
------
Original Japanese (minus breaks):
〈ミツルギ〉:『逆転検事2 発売直前記念』として、私が日頃思っていることを“つぶやく”ように言われたのだが‥‥どうすればいいのだろうか?
〈ミクモ〉:ダメですよミツルギさん!まずは自己紹介からしないと!
〈ミツルギ〉:ム。紹介が遅れてすまない。私の名前は御剣怜侍、地方検事局で検事をしている。ミクモくんに教えてもらったのだが、これが“ついたー”というものなのだな。
〈ミクモ〉:違いますよ!“ツイッター”ですってば!
〈ミツルギ〉:“ついったー”か。こういったアレは、あまり得意ではないのだが‥‥。
〈ミクモ〉:まあまあ。逆転検事2も発売間近ですし、ミツルギさんも言いたいこといっぱいあるでしょ?
〈ミツルギ〉:ム。確かにこういった機会は少ないから貴重ではあるな。
〈ミクモ〉:それじゃ、この大ドロボウ・一条美雲ちゃんが、つぶやく面白さをミツルギさんに教えちゃいますよー!
〈ミツルギ〉:そちらはあまり興味がないが‥‥まあいいだろう。それよりミクモくん。そろそろ仕事を始めたいのだが?
〈ミクモ〉:はーい! それじゃ、また後で遊びに来ますね!
〈ミツルギ〉:(まあ、気になったことがあれば気軽につぶやくとするか)
〈ミクモ〉:ミツルギさん‥‥。心の声がつぶやきに出てますよ!興味津々じゃないですか!
〈ミツルギ〉:なッ!ついったー‥‥あなどれんな。
〈ミツルギ〉:もう12時か‥‥優雅にランチといきたいところだが、そうもいかないようだ。先ほど刑事から新たな事件の報告が入ったのでな。いま、現場に向かっているところだ。
〈ミツルギ〉:イトノコギリ刑事は、“大事な物をなくした”と慌てていたようだが‥‥どうせたいした物ではないだろう。いまは捜査に集中するべきだ。現場に隠された真実を知るには、入念な捜査を必要とする。デスクワークだけでは分からないことも多いのだ。
〈ミツルギ〉:‥‥現場に到着だ。ム?被害者の近くに“えんぴつ”が落ちているようだな。
〈ミツルギ〉:情報同士の共通点を探す。それこそが《ロジック》を追うということだ。逆転検事2でも《ロジック》を組み立てることが捜査の重要なカギを握っている。現場に残された“えんぴつ”と“イトノコギリ刑事がなくした物”‥‥2つの情報から導き出せる答えは���つ。
〈ミツルギ〉:イトノコギリ刑事!キミが無くしたというえんぴつが見つかったようだ。‥‥現場に余計な証拠品を残さないように。
〈ミツルギ〉:ふむ‥‥‥‥ようやく現場の真実が見えてきた。この事件は早急に解決できそうだ。
〈ミクモ〉:こんばんわ!約束通り遊びにきましたよ!
〈イトノコ〉:いらっしゃいッス!ミクモちゃん! 
〈ミクモ〉:あれ?ノコちゃんもツイッターやってるんだ?
〈イトノコ〉:刑事仲間の間でも流行ってるッスよ。フォロワーもどんどん増えて、うれしい限りッス!
〈ミツルギ〉:‥‥“フォロワー”とは何なのだろうか? 
〈イトノコ〉:えーと。自分のつぶやきを読んでくれる人たちのことッス。簡単に説明すると“トモダチの輪”って感じッスかねえ。
〈ミクモ〉:このつぶやきを見てくれている人たちも、たくさんいるみたいですよ!えへへ。なんだかうれしいですね!
〈ミツルギ〉:ふむ。トモダチの輪‥‥か。少々恥ずかしくもあるが、ありがたいことだな。
〈ミクモ〉:うーん。フォロワーとトモダチとはちょっと違うような気もしますケド‥‥。ま。喜んでいるみたいなのでいいや! 
〈ミツルギ〉:明日も“ついったー”で、フォロワーに恥じぬ時間を過ごすとしよう。
〈イトノコ〉:お待ちしてたッスよ!御剣検事!
〈ミツルギ〉:ム。おはようイトノコギリ刑事。私よりはやく裁判所に着くとはめずらしいな。
〈イトノコ〉:フォロワーのみんなに、カッコ悪いとこを見せられないッスからね!遅刻しないように、昨夜は夕飯を抜いておいたッスよ。
〈ミツルギ〉:夕飯を抜くのと早起きをするのに、何の関係があるというのだ。
〈イトノコ〉:すさまじい“腹時計”で、朝ご飯の時間に目覚めることが出来るッス!
〈ミツルギ〉:(問題が多すぎて、指摘する気にもなれん。‥‥ここはあえて黙っているとしよう)
〈イトノコ〉:御剣検事‥‥。心の声のつぶやきが自分にも見えるの、分かってやってるッスよね‥‥? 
〈ミツルギ〉:そろそろ開廷の時間だ。余計なセンサクをしていないで、法廷に向かうぞ。
〈ミクモ〉:みなさんこんにちは!大ドロボウ・ヤタガラスこと一条美雲です。ふっふっふ‥‥実はいま、傍聴席にいるんですよ!敵情視察も兼ねて、ミツルギさんとノコちゃんの法廷姿を見ておこうと思って! 
〈ミクモ〉:あ!ミツルギさんがまた『異議あり!』って叫んでる!今日はこれで5回目ですねー。相手の弁護士さんも汗だらだら流してますよ。裁判官の木槌も激しくなってます!えーとなになに?“法廷内でのつぶやきは却下しま‥‥す?”え。ちょ、ちょっと! 
〈ミクモ〉:ううう‥‥‥‥法廷内から追い出されちゃいました。さすがは逆転検事2の新ライバル“水鏡 秤”さん!優しそうな裁判官だと思ってユダンしていました。
〈ミクモ〉:これは思わぬ強敵ですよ!ミツルギさん、大丈夫かなあ‥‥? 
〈ミツルギ〉:ミクモくん。今日は一体傍聴席で���をしてい��のだ。
〈イトノコ〉:法廷から追い出されるミクモちゃんを見て、ビックリしたッスよ!
〈ミクモ〉:まさかつぶやきが禁止とは思いませんでした‥‥。大ドロボウとして、一生の不覚です!
〈ミツルギ〉:後悔するヒマがあるのなら、法廷のルールについてもう少し学んでおきたまえ。
〈ミクモ〉:どうせ退廷させられるのなら、もっとカッコ良く立ち去りたかったです!大ドロボウとしては! 
〈イトノコ〉:‥‥そっちで後悔しているとは思わなかったッス。
〈ミクモ〉:それはともかく! 今日はもうお仕事終わりなんですよね?
〈ミツルギ〉:今日の法廷で仕事は一段落ついたからな。気持ちよく休日をむかえられそうだ。
〈ミクモ〉:せっかくだから、いまから3人で遊びに行きましょうよ!ボーリングとかカラオケとか‥‥ゲームセンターとか!
〈ミツルギ〉:いや‥‥私はそういったものはあまり得意ではないのだが。
〈イトノコ〉:まあまあ。金曜日の夜はパーッと遊んで、仕事の疲れを癒すものッスよ!映画とかもいいッスねえ!
〈ミクモ〉:今週もお仕事お疲れ様でした!さあさあ。遊びに行きましょう!
〈ミツルギ〉:まったく。いまのキミたちには何を言ってもムダのようだな。‥‥せめて、映画にしてくれたまえ。
〈イトノコ〉:土曜日の朝は散歩日和ッスねえ!ミサイル。体力作りとミサイルの訓練も兼ねて、たまに一緒に散歩してるッスよ。御剣検事の“パートナー”として、逆転検事2では自分も役に立ちたいッスからね! 
〈イトノコ〉:金属探知機を使った捜査やミサイルとの連携なら、誰にも負けないッス!ねー。ミサイル!ん?何か気になるニオイでもあるッスか?ああああッ!ミ、ミサイルが走って行っちまったッス!ミサイルは食べ物のニオイがすると突っ走っちゃうッスよ。
〈イトノコ〉:こうなったら自分もニオイを頼りに追いかけるしか!こっちも捜査のプロッスからね!うぅ‥‥‥‥‥‥さっそく見失っちまったッス。こうなったら、ミサイルが好きなお菓子を用意しておびきよせるッス!‥‥本末転倒な気もするッスけど‥‥。
〈ミクモ〉:警察犬にしておくには惜しいですね、ミサイル。まさか大ドロボウから“どら焼き”を盗み食いするなんて‥‥!せっかく、あかねちゃんと2人で食べようとしてたのになあ。
〈イトノコ〉:おどろかせてすまねッス。ところで、さっきは2人で何をしてたッスか?落ち葉をこんなに集めて‥‥。
〈アカネ〉:ヒゾウのカガク薬品でおこした火を利用して、あったか~い “焼きどら焼き”を作ろうかと!
〈イトノコ〉:え。カガク薬品ッスか‥‥?ミミミミミサイル!お腹の調子は悪くないッスか!
〈ミクモ〉:大丈夫だよ!火をおこす前に食べられちゃったから。
〈イトノコ〉:ほっ。だったら良かったッス。
〈ミツルギ〉:ぜんぜん良くないだろう。カガク薬品を使って、公共の場で火遊びなど。あかねさん。カガクの研究は大事ですが、ほどほどにしていただきたい。
〈アカネ〉:はい!ほどほどにします!ところで、どこかにお出かけですか?
〈ミツルギ〉:ええ。少し用事がありまして‥‥。あまり時間がないので、失��します。
〈ミクモ〉:‥‥ミツルギさん、どこに行くんだろうね?
〈アカネ〉:ふっふっふ。そんなときは足跡を辿ればいいんですよ!ほどほどにカガクの力を使って!
〈ミクモ〉:よーし!ほどほどに尾行しましょう!
〈イトノコ〉:2人とも‥‥ほどほどの使い方がおかしい気がするッス。
〈ミクモ〉:あの圧倒的なスケール!涙なしには語れません!オーケストラコンサートなんて初めてです!
〈アカネ〉:金管楽器の力強い音と、木管楽器の華麗な旋律!音のカガク変化を起こすことで、音楽は作られているんですね‥‥。
〈ミツルギ〉:うム。この日を楽しみにしていたかいがあったというものだ。‥‥まさか、キミたちまでついてくるとは思わなかったがな。
〈ミクモ〉:ノコちゃんにも聞かせてあげたかったな−。ミサイルの散歩があるから、一緒に来られなかったんですよね。
〈ミツルギ〉:刑事には、サウンドトラックCD「オーケストラ・アレンジ楽曲集 〜奏でられし逆転〜」を聞かせるとしよう。いまからでもイーカプコンで予約出来るだろう。
〈アカネ〉:あたしはもちろん予約済みです!御剣検事さんの“1/10フィギュア”もバッチリゲットしますよ!
〈ミツルギ〉:私の1/10フィギュア?身長などを測られた覚えはないが‥‥。
〈ミクモ〉:そりゃもう、わたしがミツルギさんの情報をバッチリ盗んでおきましたからね! 
〈ミツルギ〉:オーケストラホールで言うのはいささかためらわれるが‥‥一言だけ、言わせていただこう。
〈ミクモ〉:“異議あり!”‥‥ってね!
〈ミツルギ〉:な‥‥なぜキミが言うのだ! 
〈アカネ〉:これが有名な大ドロボウの技“言葉を盗む”ですね。勉強になります!
〈ミツルギ〉:今日は特に予定が入っていない。近くの喫茶店で読書をして過ごすとしよう。‥‥さすがに、日曜日ぐらいは落ち着いて過ごしたいからな。
〈ミツルギ〉:心地よい日の当たる場所で、上質の紅茶を飲む‥‥。今日は良い休日になりそうだ。
〈ミツルギ〉:そういえば、先日“カオルさん”というフォロワーから、ついったーでアイサツされたのだが‥‥。アイサツを返す方法が分からなかったので、まだ返せていないのだ。ここで改めて礼を言わせていただこう。カオルさん、フォローしていただき感謝する。
〈オバチャン〉:ミ‥‥ミッちゃぁああん!やっと見つけたよぉおおお!
〈ミツルギ〉:ぐッ!ど、どうしてあなたがこの喫茶店に‥‥!
〈オバチャン〉:やだよミッちゃん!こないだこのツイッターとやらでアイサツしたじゃないか。さっきも“カオルさん、感謝する。”って言ってくれただろう?オバチャンうれしくなっちゃってねえ。ついついそこいらの喫茶店を巡ってミッちゃんを探しちまったのさ。愛のチカラっ
〈ミツルギ〉:は、早口すぎて“ついーと”におさまっていないではないか!しかも、“カオルさん”とは‥‥‥‥あなたのことだったのか!いくら喫茶店を巡ったといっても、こんなにカンタンに見つかるワケはない。‥‥何か隠していることがあるのではないか? 
〈オバチャン〉:ミッちゃんったら、証拠もないのにそんなこと言っちゃ検事の名がすたれちゃうよ!オバチャンがミッちゃんに隠し事なんてするわけないじゃないのサ!
〈ミツルギ〉:フッ‥‥証拠品���なくとも、あなたの反応や感情を読み取り“言葉のみ”で真実を引き出してみせよう。
〈オバチャン〉:ああ。それならオバチャンも聞いたよ、ミッちゃん!《ロジックチェス》っていうヤツだろ?オバチャン、ミッちゃんのことなら何でも知ってるんだからね!
〈ミツルギ〉:“何でも知っている?”‥‥とはどういうことだろうか?
〈オバチャン〉:ほら。オバチャン警備員だからさ。このあいだ、前に勤めてた子がクビになったっていうから臨時で検事局の警備をしてたんだヨ。そのときにミッちゃんの住所がたまたま目に入っちゃってサ。
〈ミツルギ〉:‥‥‥‥こちらから情報を引き出すまでもなく、自分で答えを言っているではないか! 
〈オバチャン〉:あら。つい口が滑っちまったヨ。せっかくロジックチェスが見られると思ったのに残念だねえ。
〈ミツルギ〉:そ、それは逆転検事2で見ていただけないだろうか。私は用事があるので失礼する!
〈オバチャン〉:今日は用事がないってつぶやいてたじゃないか!今日という今日は、オバチャン絶対に逃がさないヨッ! 
〈ミツルギ〉:く‥‥今日はさんざんな目にあった。
〈ミツルギ〉:休日だからといって気を抜きすぎていたな。自分の発言や周囲の警戒を怠っていたとは‥‥。
〈ミツルギ〉:ム?また“カオルさん”から私あてに“ついーと”が来ているな。『残念無念 カオル』‥‥と言われても、断じて誘いに乗るつもりはない!
〈イトノコ〉:御剣検事、聞いたッスか?ロウ捜査官が西鳳民国から来ているみたいッスよ!
〈ミツルギ〉:ほう。また国際的な事件に関わっているのだろうか。彼とはあまりゆっくり話す機会が無かったからな。時間があればアイサツぐらいは行くとしよう。
〈イトノコ〉:前回の事件は大変だったッスからねー。自分も、ロウ捜査官の部下の皆さんとはあんまり話せなかったッス。
〈イトノコ〉:なんせ知ってるだけでも100名はいるッスからねえ。
〈ミツルギ〉:‥‥全員と話そうとすれば、日が暮れてしまうだろうな。
〈イトノコ〉:正直、顔と名前を覚えるのもあきらめたッス。
〈ミツルギ〉:すべてをあきらめているではないか! 
〈ロウ〉:よう。検事さん。こんなところで会うとはキグウだな。
〈ミツルギ〉:久しぶりだな、ロウ捜査官。まさか、このような飲食店で再会するとは思わなかったが。
〈ロウ〉:どっか1人で落ち着ける店を探してたら、たまたまここが目に入ったんでな。
〈ミツルギ〉:1人‥‥?キミにしてはめずらしいではないか。いつもの部下たちは一緒ではないのだろうか? 
〈ロウ〉:まあな‥‥。狼子、曰く!“単独犯の気持ちを知るには、群れを離れるべし”ってな。オレだって1人になるときはあるさ。
〈ミツルギ〉:ほう?だが、それにしてはキミのテーブルにはムジュンがあるようだ。
〈ロウ〉:ハッ!検事さんお得意の“推理”ってやつかい?
〈ミツルギ〉:1人で食べるにしては、注文した料理は“大皿”ばかりで、量はどう見ても20人以上に見えるのだが?
〈ロウ〉:うおおおッ!‥‥しまった。いつものクセでつい頼みすぎちまったようだ。よければ検事さん、少しもらってくれねえか? 
〈ミツルギ〉:‥‥1人で行動するのは、あまり得意ではないようだな。
〈ミクモ〉:ええ!ロウさん、またこっちに来てるんですか?
〈ミツルギ〉:ああ。以前��違い、なぜか1人で行動していたようだ。
〈ミクモ〉:それは、やっぱり大人数だと忍び込むのが難しくなるからじゃないですか?大ドロボウの鉄則です! 
〈ミツルギ〉:彼は“国際捜査官”だろう。‥‥なんにせよ、彼には目的があってこの国に来ているようだったな。
〈ミクモ〉:それじゃ、また現場で会うかもしれませんねー。
〈ミツルギ〉:真実を追い求める気持ちは同じでも、時にはぶつかることもある。もし現場で出会うことがあれば、戦うことになるかもしれないな。
〈ミクモ〉:いいなあ。わたしも自分を高めてくれるようなライバルが欲しいです。ハア‥‥どこかにいないかなあ。大ドロボウを追い詰める好敵手!
〈ミツルギ〉:‥‥逮捕されたいのなら、イトノコギリ刑事にでも頼みたまえ。
〈ミクモ〉:もう!そういうことじゃないんです! 
〈ミクモ〉:ようやく2月になりましたね! 
〈ミツルギ〉:ああ。いよいよだな‥‥。
〈イトノコ〉:2月3日が楽しみッス!
〈イトノコ〉:ウチの警察署では、節分の豆まきをやるッス!2月3日は、タダで大豆が食べられる貴重な日ッスよ!
〈ミクモ〉:わたしは毎年、投げられる豆をどれだけ受け取れるか挑戦してるんですよ!“鬼は外、福は内、大ドロボウは盗み”って感じで! 
〈ミツルギ〉:‥‥一番大事なことを、忘れているのではないだろうか?
〈ミクモ〉:冗談ですってば!2月3日といえば、もちろんアレですよね!
〈イトノコ〉:逆転検事2の発売日を忘れるワケないッス!
〈ミツルギ〉:ム‥‥ならばいいのだが。
〈ミツルギ〉:発売まであと3日。フォロワーの方々も楽しみに待っていてくれたまえ。
〈ミツルギ〉:冬場の捜査は、寒くてかなわないな‥‥。発売前に風邪を引くわけにはいかん。しっかり防寒対策をしなければな。
〈ミツルギ〉:そういえば、イトノコギリ刑事は年中同じコートを着ているが、寒くないのだろうか‥‥。ああ‥‥単に、給与が下がりすぎて買えないだけかもしれないな。
〈ミツルギ〉:‥‥‥‥夕食はイトノコギリ刑事でも誘うとするか。彼の食生活は、はた目から見ていても不安になる。まさか冬にそうめんを食べていることはないだろうが‥‥。
〈ミツルギ〉:検事局の近くに手打ちのうどん屋がある。リーズナブルな値段の割に、味も満足のいくものだ。‥‥‥‥いかん。イトノコギリ刑事を誘うとなると、ついつい麺類にばかり考えがいってしまうな。
〈ミツルギ〉:ム。さきほど発売まであと3日とつぶやいたのだが、発売日はあさって‥‥あと2日だったか。昨夜は、執務室で徹夜仕事だったのでな。日付の感覚が狂ってしまったようだ。
〈ミツルギ〉:私としたことが、つぶやきが“ムジュン”していたとは‥‥失礼した。指摘してくれたフォロワーの方、感謝する。
〈イトノコ〉:カツ丼美味いッスぅううう!今年初めてのトンカツッスよ!
〈ミツルギ〉:イトノコギリ刑事。つぶやきながら食べるのはやめたまえ!
〈イトノコ〉:自分、今年は水炊き鍋で“しらたき”ばかり食べてたッスからねー。
思わず叫んじまったッス!
〈ミクモ〉:叫んだんじゃなく、つぶやきですけどね!
〈ミツルギ〉:ソーメンではなかったが、彼の食生活はいつも危機的状況だな。
〈イトノコ〉:うう‥‥捜査で失敗するたびに、生活費がピンチになるッスからね‥‥。
〈ミクモ〉:でも、いま一番危機が迫っているのは、ミツルギさんのほうなんじゃ?
CMで見ましたよ!“最大のピンチ”だって。
〈イトノコ〉:自分も聞いたッスよ‥‥。いったい、どんな失敗をしちゃったッスか! 
〈ミツルギ〉:キミと一緒にしないでくれたまえ!
身に覚えはないが‥‥ピンチを恐れていても仕方がないだろう。
私は、自分の信じる道を行くだけだ。
〈ミクモ〉:さっすがミツルギさん!いざとなったらわたしも力を貸しますからね。大ドロボウとして!
〈イトノコ〉:もちろん自分もッス!ピンチな時の生活費のやりくりならお任せッス! 
〈ミツルギ〉:‥‥せめて、刑事として力を貸してもらえないだろうか。
〈ミクモ〉:そういえば。ミツルギさんのお父さんって、どんな人なんですか?
〈ミツルギ〉:‥‥なぜ、いきなりそんな質問を?
〈ミクモ〉:さっき信楽さんに聞いたんですよ。ミツルギさんのお父さんは、すごく立派な人だったって!わたしもお父さんを尊敬してたから、ちょっと気になっちゃって。
〈ミツルギ〉:幼い頃の私にとっては、尊敬すべき相手であり‥‥目標でもあった。
〈ミクモ〉:あれ?いまは違うんですか? 
〈ミツルギ〉:‥‥‥‥どうだろうな。一言で説明するのは難しい。この答えを知りたいのならば、明日まで待ってくれたまえ。
〈ミクモ〉:なるほど!逆転検事2に真実が隠されている‥‥と。ミツルギさんの真実、私が盗んじゃいますよ!
〈ミクモ〉:ノコちゃん!そっちの飾りは、もっと右よりでお願い!
〈イトノコ〉:こっちッスね!あ、飾りが落ちたッス! 
〈ミツルギ〉:昼間から、人の執務室で何をしているのだ。
〈イトノコ〉:今日は非番ッスからね!明日の発売日に向けて、前夜祭の準備をしてるッスよ! 
〈ミクモ〉:そろそろ、つぶやく時間もなくなって来ましたからね!
ミツルギさんは気にせず仕事をしててください!
〈ミツルギ〉:そう思うのなら、机の上にのぼるのはやめていただきたい。
‥‥もう少しで仕事が片付くから、それまで待っていたまえ。
〈ミクモ〉:え!ミツルギさんも手伝ってくれるんですか?
〈ミツルギ〉:私とて祝いたい気持ちはあるのだ。
〈イトノコ〉:助かるッス!
それじゃ時間までソファーに座って待ってるッスよ!
〈ミツルギ〉:‥‥‥‥‥‥廊下で遊んでいてくれないだろうか。
〈イトノコ〉:逆転検事2発売に向けて、乾杯ッス! 
〈ミツルギ〉:フッ‥‥前夜祭というのも良いものだな。
〈ミクモ〉:えへへ。明日には、わたしたちのカツヤクをお見せできるんですね! 
〈ミツルギ〉:うム。感慨深いモノがあるな。
〈ミクモ〉:わたしたちのつぶやきも、これで最後になるんですね‥‥ちょっと名残惜しいです。
〈ミツルギ〉:だが一週間のあいだ、このような機会をいただけて良かった。直接、感謝を伝えることが出来るのだからな。私たちのつぶやきを見ていた方々。‥‥あらためて礼を言わせていただこう。
〈イトノコ〉:まだまだ話したいことはあるッスけど、もう時間ッスからね!
〈ミクモ〉:でも、まだ前夜祭は始まったばかりですよ!なんと!このあと「逆転検事2」の開発スタッフに直接質問ができちゃうんです! 
〈イトノコ〉:へえ!そんな企画があるッスか!
〈ミクモ〉:カプコンから盗んできた情報だから、確実ですよ!18時ぐらいから始まるそうです!
〈ミツルギ〉:私としても聞きたいことはたくさんあるのだが‥‥そこはフォロワーの方々に任せるとしよう。それでは、私たちはこれで失礼する。
〈ミツルギ〉:開発スタッフに聞きたいことがあれば、どんどん追及してくれたまえ!
273 notes · View notes
xreaderbooks · 4 years ago
Text
Letting go
Pair: Luke Patterson x Ghost! reader, Platonic! Willie x reader, Platonic! Alex x reader
Warnings: Death and mentions of suicide, drug abuse, kinda angsty 
Word Count: 2k
For ages 18+
A/N: This is overall pretty depressing and it's not exactly a happy ending, I wrote this based off the song Out of love by Alessia Cara. Its not my best work but either way I hope you enjoy. 
Disclaimer: Gifs are not mine
Masterlist
Tumblr media
You knew this day would come. You don't know how many times you've called yourself stupid and cursed yourself. He liked her possibly even loved her by now. You were a fool for thinking that just because you found each other in this new version of life, that he could love you the same as he did before. Just because you were together before you died doesn't mean that you could have a life together after death. No matter how much you were still deeply enamored with him. Him and his stupid bright smile, his laugh that was contagious, his chocolate hair that you loved to run your hands through in the middle of cuddling. The calming feeling it gave you both, would it still have that same affect if you tried it now? Let's not mention his eyes. Oh, his eyes. The big green eyes that made him look like a puppy, so pure and innocent, it also held pain that you both would share at times. You both coming from families who had expectations. Expectations that neither of you could hold up. His eyes gave you hope, and butterflies and love.
They still did, he still did. He still had his optimism; although you could tell it was forced. it was the same thing he always tried to do. He was always the one to brighten peoples day and be the strong optimistic one when the others (and even himself) weren't. Either way he was still that same character he always was. And you were still deeply, unconditionally and irrevocably in love with him. You think you always would be.
Despite the new changes of your relationship. Or change. That change being Julie Molina. You saw the way that Luke had looked at her, praised her and her voice. You couldn't hate her for it. It would've been easier to hate her if she was a bitch, you couldn't lie, however she wasn't. She was loyal, caring and determined. She was strong and beautiful and exactly the type of person Luke needed. You were friends with Julie and you cared for her. So, no, you couldn't hate her. It wasn't her fault you changed and was no longer what he wanted. She was not responsible for your insecurities or feelings that you still held for Luke or the feelings that he held for her.
You decided you would let him go. You would let him go because your time with him was over. You were no longer what he needed nor what he wanted and that was okay because you would let him go.
You died a couple of months after the guys did. It was a drug overdose. After the Luke, Alex and Reggie's passing, you got into some pretty bad habits. Such as partying, alcoholism and your cause of death; drugs. It was not great.
The week of your death was rough. You were cleaning your closet after weeks of not doing so, you were gonna make a change, you would do better. That was until you found multiple shirts of Lukes laying about your closet, they were hidden underneath all of your other clothes that were piled up in there. In one particular jacket you found a note in the pocket. 'Can't wait for you to hear the surprise I have for you after the show beautiful ;)' After reading the barely legible note , you broke. You had suspicions he was writing a song about you, he was hinting at it before... and now this confirmed it. You would've gone looking for his notebook if it wasn't for Bobby who when you told him, brushed you off and took you out to distract you. That was when you were introduced to some guy who Bobby told you; had 'the good stuff'. You shrugged it off and took whatever he gave you. Turns out you took too much in so little time and you were dead.
After accepting the fact that you were dead, you wandered around 'life' hoping you'd find your lover and best friends. That day didn't come and you found yourself befriending another ghost named Willie. He was kind enough to show you the perks of being, well, dead. He even tried to introduce you to Caleb and that whole world but you decided you were out before you were even in. You had felt enough bad vibes from Caleb to know not to get involved with him. If only you had those survival instincts when you were alive.
Then it was 25 years of being a ghost and Willie had came to hang out with you in your favorite spot that you now called your home, a beach house that some rich family used as their Summer home.
"Hey Y/N, made a new friend today." He said skating into the house. You walked out of one of the rooms while reading a book, not really paying attention to what he was saying. "Oh really? that's cool."
"Yeah his names Alex, said he was in a band." You froze and looked up at him as he skated and transported on top of the kitchen counter. 'No,' you thought. 'It couldn't be your Alex, could it?' There was no way, not after all these years, it doesn't make sense. There were also a million different guys named Alex in the world. 'But he said he was in a band.' Your mind raced through the different scenarios. If you were thinking logically it could be a coincidence and it'd be stupid to think there wouldn't be any other guys out there who was dead, in a band, and named Alex. When you put it like that...
"How'd he look like?" Willie looked confused when you asked but answered. "Blonde hair, blue eyes, kinda cute but I call dibs."
Your heart was pounding, if Alex was here that could mean that Luke might be with him. You managed to roll your eyes at his reclamation. "Yeah you can have him, but um, you think I can go with you next time you meet with him?"
He looked at you shocked, "Uh sure?" He came up to you holding a hand to your forehead as if checking your temperature. "Are you okay? Is the loneliness getting to you?" You pushed his hand away.
"I'm fine dummy."
He laughed. "I'm just saying you never wanna meet any of my friends."
"Yeah, cause you have so many." You said sarcastically and plopped down on the couch. Willie, as extra as he is, jumped over it to sit next to you.
"Not true I have-"
"Ghost club doesn't count, they're creepy and enslaved to Caleb." You opened your book and pretended to read while you thought of what you would do if it really was your Alex.
"Whatever, what made you all of a sudden decide to be social?"
You closed the book and crossed your legs. You decided to be honest with him. You already told him of how you died, how you had a boyfriend who also died along with your best friends. He tried to help you find them until you gave up. You didn't however go into detail about how they died or what they did. That just brought on too many memories. But now you decided it was time. So you told him everything.
~~~
You were anxious as you waited for Willie and Alex at a place where Willie likes to skate at. If it was your best friend Alex you wanted to talk to him in a private place not surrounded by people. Even though you were all ghosts and nobody could see you, it felt more special and less awkward with people potentially walking through you. But if it wasn't your Alex then you could just leave and let Willie enjoy his 'date' with the guy.
When they showed up you almost screamed. You were in shock, there he was, one of your best friends. Probably the one with the most brain cells. "Alex?" Although you already knew you called his name to catch his attention.
"Y/N?" He ran up to you and hugged you.
"Alex," You patted his back "can't- breath."
He let you go putting his hands on your shoulders and pushed you to arm length as he observed you, taking in your appearance. "Wait..." You saw his face fall from the wide smile to a solemn expression. "Oh Y/N/N."
"Yeah..." You rubbed your arms.
"How?" He asked. "You look just the same as you did back then."
You chuckled. "Well so do you."
"But wouldn't that mean that you-'
"Died around the same time you guys did? Yup."
"Again, how?" He pushed. "You didn't, y'know ki-"
"God, Alex no I didn't kill myself." You smacked his arms away and paced around. "It's a long story, one that I'd don't wanna tell three different times. Are Reggie and Luke with you?" You asked hopefully. And he shook his head. You sighed in relief. "Where are they?"
"C'mon I'll take you to them."
And he did.
When you showed up to Julies garage and saw Luke for the first time he stood still, staring in disbelief. Reggie was the first one to come up to you throwing his arms around you and jumping excitedly. Once you managed to get Reggie off you, you went up to Luke "Hey baby." Tears were forming in your eyes. He pulled you into your third hug today, then pulling back, kissing you quickly and pulling you in again.
~~~
The bliss of being reunited only lasted so long before the band got caught up in performing in their new band Julie and the phantoms. You were glad that they were happy and that they had something that motivated them. And that all this time they were together. They even made friends, with a lifer, something you couldn't wrap your head around but you were happy for them. For a time you were happy with them. You were back with you best friends and you made new ones. You and Luke had a bit of a complicated relationship, you acted like you had always acted, of course things were different but you still talked like a couple. You acted like couple. Kisses were another story, it wasn't casual anymore it was when it was needed. It wasn't like before where if you would go somewhere or show up, you would give Luke a quick kiss goodbye or hello. Now it was more in the moment when you guys cuddled and you would look at each other and remember the memories of the past; of when you were alive and planning a life together. Your relationship wasn't what it was before but you would take it. After years of being alone -- with the exception of willie-- you would take those moments that you didn't feel were given 100% fueled with romantic and passionate love but with something different.
That was until the whole situation with Caleb happened and Luke and Julie hugged. They touched, how that happened you didn't know. What you did know is they were connected and they had chemistry. It was a hug, you internally rolled your eyes at your childishness. Technically you would've been an adult by now. Why were you worrying about your boyfriend hugging his friend after a situation where you all thought you'd be separated forever.
Maybe it was because you knew it meant more. The way they were holding each other wasn't how he held you the first time you saw each other again. You tried to brush it off, blaming it on you being insecure, it meant nothing.
Weeks had passed and nothing had changed besides the obvious tension and chemistry that Julie and Luke had. That was when you made the choice to let him go. You had nothing to offer him. If you were to get into technicalities Luke couldn't offer Julie anything, he was dead and she was still living. However they would have some time together and they had the band!
You did what you thought was best and you left a note on Julies piano along with with the note you found in Luke's pocket before you died. You always carried it around but there was no point in holding on to something that wasn't gonna be yours anymore. You would be in your beach house, where if they wanted to find you they could. For now you would let him go.
149 notes · View notes
lunar-girl-fic · 4 years ago
Text
Stuck~ Part 3
Tumblr media
Warning: None (If there’s any I would greatly appreciate it if someone told me :))
Y/N POV
Word Count: 1199
A/N: In no way am I condoning nor am I glorifying the behavior displayed in this story. It is purely fiction and I based this on experiences from my personal life and others I know. With that being said, if you are in a relationship with someone who does something to you without your consent and they put the blame on you I would advise you to reconsider your relationship with that person. In general it’s not really a healthy relationship and it may worsen. I’m not trying to tell anyone what to do I’m just giving honest advice I wish I heard when I was younger.
A/N: I’m so sorry for the late update. I haven’t written in a while and getting my brain to switch back into writing took a little time. I think there should be one last part to this and most likely be a little longer than the others. I’ll try to start writing it starting tomorrow or at least until my air condition is fixed. Again I’m sooo sorry for keeping you all waiting :(
"Y/N noona would you like to go on a date with me?"
Were the words that played through your head as you were getting ready for your date. Date? Yes, you agreed to go out with Changkyun. Even though at first you felt like you were betraying Wonho you quickly remembered he already moved on so what was the harm in you doing the same.
You decided to wear a hoodie and jeans since you guys weren't going anywhere fancy. You also didn't want to attract the attention of certain people who make it their life's work to know every single thing about an idol.
Glancing at the time you realized it was time to make your way to the location. You told Changkyun not to pick you up just in case sasaengs’ or dispatch were following him and you certainly did not want them knowing where you lived. The place wasn't too far so you opted to walk there to blend in with the crowd that would be in the area of your date. The restaurant Changkyun chose was small but also provided private dining areas for families or the occasional idol who wanted privacy while dining.
It didn't take long for you to get there. By the time you arrived Changkyun was already in the room so all you had to do was have the waiter escort you to the room. When you walked in he immediately raised his head to see who entered and he smiled widely.
"Noona! You came." He said as he grasped your hand to guide you to the seat in front of him.
"Of course I came, I did say I would? And please don't call me noona, makes me feel old." You joked.
"Sorry bout that noo- Y/N"
"It's fine Kyunnie"
There was an awkward silence. Before you broke up with Wonho you used to hang out at the dorms a lot. One would think that with the amount of time you were at the dorms having a conversation with Changkyun would be easy at this moment. The problem was that every time you went to the dorm Chankgyun would only greet you and say nothing else. Which is why you are having a hard time thinking of a topic to talk about since you knew absolutely nothing about him.
"So umm how's everything going?"
"I guess everything's going well. Comeback just finished so were able to finally get a breather."
"Oh yeah, you told me about that the other day at the shop. How was it?"
"Eh it was okay. Not gonna lie it was quite possibly the most strenuous dance we had to do. Even Shownu hyungs back started to hurt again because of it."
Your eyes widened in shock, "Is he okay!?"
"He's doing much better now with therapy and all. Doctor said he should be able to continue dancing within a week or two."
"That's good."
"Yea..."
Cue the awkward silence except this time you knew Changkyun wanted to ask you something but was hesitating for some reason.
"Soo is there anything you wanna ask?"
"Kind of but I'm not sure if it's appropriate to ask..."
"Well... we won't know unless you ask."
He took a deep breath, "Okay so I really hope you won't take offense to this but why did you just up an leave Wonho hyung?"
You were a little shocked by his forwardness but quickly regained your composure. "I left because he was being selfish."
"Really?"
"Yea... did he tell you something different?"
"Well-uh-he-I" He started stuttering while playing with his hands.
You gently grabbed his hands, "Changkyun, if you don't want to tell me that's okay. But I promise I won't get mad at you."
"Pinky swear?"
"Pinky swear." You said as you intertwined your pinkies.
Changkyun let out a deep breath "He said that you left because you were being selfish."
"Selfish how?"
"You didn't want to have any babies with him and wasted his time. That you could've told him at the beginning of the relationship before things became serious. How whenever he mentioned wanting to start a family with you, you never mentioned that you didn't want to have any kids. He pretty much put the blame all on you."
You sat there soaking in everything he just said. Although you promised not to get mad you couldn't help but feel an overwhelming sense of anger. How dare he blame? Especially after what he did? You were so wrapped up in your thoughts that you didn't realize your anger was starting to show in your body language.
"Uh Y/N? Are you angry? Aw man I knew I shouldn't have said anything. I know I just ruined our date for sure." He whined.
You were snapped back into reality, "Kyunnie I'm not angry at you."
"You aren't?"
"Nope."
"But are you angry in general..."
You scoffed, "Oh absolutely. I am beyond pissed. If I was a cartoon I wuld probably have smoke coming out of my ears."
"... So your that mad huh?"
"Yepp"
"Does that mean our date is over?"
"I wouldn't say it's colmpletely over, we can still continue our date today just right after a little intermission."
He looked at you dumbfounded, "I may not go on dates often but I'm pretty sure intermissions aren't normal."
"Since when did any of you do "normal" things"
He took time to think "Mmm you right... So what were planning on doing?"
“Going to the dorms to confront him."
Changkyun looked at you like you grew two heads "You're gonna do what now?!"
"I'm going to the dorms to talk to him."
"Yo- you can't do that!”
"And why not?"
"Be-because..."
"Because what?"
"Well... because... you just can't. And I'm pretty sure he didn't mean what he said."
"And exactly how did you come to that conclusion."
"When he said that he was sad and angry. He wasn't thinking right."
"Angry or not he shouldn't have said those things. But for now I'll take in what you said and listen to his side of the story before making any irrational decision."
There was a brief silence before Changkyun broke it. "So I'm guessing our dates over."
"Unfortunately for now it is but I promise to make it up to you. I really wanna get to know you more." You said with a shy smile. Truth is you actually did want to get to know him better. He seemed like such a sweet guy who is obviously different than Wonho and it was welcomed change for a relationship.
"Really?" He asked hopefully.
"Of course."
Changkyun called the waiter and payed for the drinks. He then called his manager and explained the situation which he surprisingly agreed to give you a ride to the dorms. It didn't take long for him to arrive since he was waiting in the parking lot.
Once you got settled in the vehicle you started thinking about how to confront Wonho. Your stomach started to hurt due to the anxiety you were feeling. You should've thought this through before you made any decisions but it's now or never ...
Disclaimer: I do not own any of the photo’s of gifs used. I got them off of google and tumblr.
19 notes · View notes
ayzashl · 5 years ago
Text
Pairing: Shoto Todoroki x Reader
Genre: Fluff, Crack (i think)
Also um, im new to these so sorry for possible gramatical errors or typos (i dont double check bc I literally was bored doing this and just, decided to share it on tumblr lmao)
Disclaimer, I made this out of boredom because I was thinking about exams and stuff and was wondering about how my husbando would react about my situation, having placed on high ranks barely putting efforts towards studying lmao (Not rlly bragging im sorry if it came out as bragging :((, i jusy rlly be curious and hopefully I portrayed it like how I expected for him to react, sorry im new to writing bc I mainly draw🌚👉👈)
***
It was already sunset. The hues of yellow, orange and red envelops the dorms of U.A high school, its gradient tinting the windows of the students occupying the rooms shine bright, displaying its vibrant colors on the inside of each dorms facing the sunset.
You, who were sitting on your knees, switching positions time to time, searching for a particular pose to get comfortable while drawing on your boyfriend's kotatsu in his dorm, door leading into the balcony open, making the cold breeze of late October allow itself to enter the room.
Autumn has already arrived, and that also means midterm exams. It had just finished today. After a almost whole month of preparing for the exams, and the 3 days of taking it, the students of 1-A was relieved and relaxing in their rooms as the days of hardhips were finally over, plus its a Friday so the students were scattered on each others dorms due to the upcoming weekend.
You were taking a sip of your juicebox, almost emptying it now out of frustration for having a hard time drawing a hand. In your opinion, the struggle was equal or actually a lot harder than your midterms. Art frustrates you a lot and your boyfriend wonders why you still do it, yet never really ask you since he can also tell you're really passionate about it than your other hobbies.
He was sitting on his futon, leaning againts the wall as he stare at your back figure, watching you scribble something on your sketchpad and aggressively erasing it afterwards, making the papers crumble into the direction on where you rub it, making you groan in annoyance even more.
As he observes your actions, a thought runs up his mind, asking himself the same particular questions over and over again.
"Why?"
He asks himself. Why were you putting most of your effort into this drawing? Why were you more irritated in this than the midterm exams?
"Just..... why?"
Shoto had noticed you since the start of your so-called-library-dates, although its mostly just you accompanying him to gather resources for the upcoming exams while you just scan your notes or draw, or read a completely different book whose topic is not related to your exams.
Its always been like that everyday, he never really saw you offer a lot of your energy in terms of studying, like most of the students does, as he noticed the library being almost full as soon as October started.
He saw you scan your notes time to time, yes. But full on concentration on studies? no, never seen you. The most of what he saw were you fixate immensely on your math notebook before exams started, and that was it.
The exams ended abruptly on the second day but there was extra curricular on the Hero's Course on the third day before their final grade were posted. And yes, both of you did well. After the announcement, Shoto (and you) were shocked to find out that you were in 6th place and he placed in 5th. You both exchanged congratulations, you mostly squealing out of joy to actually achieve this particular rank.
Shoto on the other hand was, doubting?. Of course he feels happy for you, but at the back of his mind, he was a little agitated. You both got the exam results at the end of the third day and to his surprise (and also yours, but internally) your scores were high, almost having the amount of same mistakes as him, except your math which you devastatingly, almost failed (lmao), which merely affected your overall result since your scores were high anyways.
Your boyfriend wasnt the type to get irritated over these things, heck yeah he feels ecstatic over your accomplishment, signal the kiss he gave you on your forehead plus the soft look he gave you with a slight smile displayed on his face. But there was a faint thought of doubt running through the back of his head, how did you get such results when you were barely even studying? There was no way you would cheat right? He didnt want to accept it, he didnt want to doubt you, but it was the one of the highest possibilities that was mostly that likely happened, as he could think of right now.
He couldnt let go of this thought unless he confronts you about it right now, so he decided to ask you, waiting for a few moments, observing you, waiting for you to calm down a little from your work.
"Y/n...."
"Hmm?" you hum, not turning yout back at him, eyes and most of your attention fixated on the paper.
"How did you manage to get a high rank even though I barely saw you studying?" he finally asks, hoping you wont get offended by it, but this thought had been bothering him a little, and he wouldnt be satisfied until he gets his answer, as the stubborn man that he is.
"Are you doubting me?" you say in an offended tone, although you meant it sarcastically, turning your back, giving Shoto your full attention now as you crawl towards him, pencil dropping in the background as you make your way towards your boyfriend, offering him to lay down as you pat his futon. He complies so, already knowing you wanted to cuddle whenever you do that certain action.
You cuddle next to him, facing him as you give him a smile to reassure him that you werent offended by him back then. "Did you notice that in class, I always, almost bury my head on my notebook, writing on it almost 24/7 whenever lecture starts?" you ask him, as you start to fidget his hair on the sides which you and him really enjoy, making its way up to his bangs, and back and fort.
"You were.... writing?" Shoto asks, raising an eyebrow with the same stoic face who seemed not to show a lot of emotions, a little dumbfounded. "I thought you were doodling". You burst out in laughter from the small misunderstanding of your boyfriend.
"Of course I was. You see, whatever the teacher blurts about that sounds important to me, I write it down because, you know, its usually what appears in exams" you explain to him, closing your eyes time to time as if you were a philosopher, passionately explaining your beliefs, only with an added self-sense of humor. As he was on the other had was, fascinated.
I mean, who knew?
"Also just to clarify things, I do put some extra effort on, some of my studies"
"By some you mean just the science topic you reported you keep rereading everyday"
"......yes"
Shoto lighlty chuckles as he moves your head to his chest, placing an arm on your head, planting a kiss on your forehead, as a sign of affection like he always does. He feels a little guilty, assuming you were cheating but in the end, you were just and always has been the genius that you were. Heck if you actually put a lot of effort in your study, you might actually come out at the top in the class, but he's aware you have other things to focus and worry about as his eyes gaze at the table with a slightly crumpled juice box standing out.
"Were you mad?" you ask, out of curiousity. You had assumed he was maybe upset about the results because he gets a little too competitive or has the sentiment that he has to prove that he only isnt good with his powers, but in academics as well, considering his situation.
He lightly shook his head as he fully encloses you to his grasp, leg placed on your sides, locking you in as he settles his face on your hair, inhaling the sweet scent of your lavender shampoo in which he always adores.
You on the other hand, was relieved now that the matter was somehow resolved? Putting those thoughts at the back of your head, your perception of relief was shortly replaced by a wave of worry as you lightly chuckle of uneasiness.
"Shoto?" you tap his sides, body tightly secured onto his. This was the one that made worry. His hands tightly clutching you, but not too much, leg on your sides, locking you in so that you wont get away easily, to him it made him feel happy, knowing that you werent going away and draw for a while. You've had situations like these already and all you ever do is give up and shower him with affection, already knowing he was slightly, probably getting a little touch starved, craving for your attention and affection. But in your situation right now, it was, unpleasant, so to say.
Not after you just finished your juicebox.
-Disclaimer, uh, I made this from
He hums in response, head tilted a little more into your head's direction. He was sure you would have given up already, knowing that he will never let you go.
"I need to pee"
"..."
"Shoto..."
"........"
"Sho"
"All I can say is good luck getting out"
"......"
"Noooooooohohohoooo!!!" you exclaim, with a sarcastic crying in your tone. This was gonna be one hell of a struggle.
.
Im bad at explaining things, hope you did enjoy reading this as much as I did though :))
70 notes · View notes
kennahbunny · 5 years ago
Text
Harry Potter Preferences Pt 2: Relationship Development
Disclaimer!: If you haven’t read my other HP Preference “How you guys meet” then this won’t make much sense. I also plan on making a single imagine for each of the boys for their storyline, so please be patient. I have to brainstorm then write drafts for each story then finalize, then edit, then post. So it’ll take a while to say the least. I also have so many ideas about a crossover with different shows! AHH! I’m so excited! Also, I’m posting these stories on Wattpad and Tumblr.
Part 1  Masterlist
Harry: After you helped him with his potions homework that one night. He noticed you more every day, he kept an eye out for you hoping to see you say thank you and hopefully make it a regular thing. When he did see you, it was in a class where he couldn’t just get up and talk to you and when class was over you seemed to disappear when class was dismissed. He was determined to talk to you, and when you weren’t in class when he saw you, you were surrounded by your girlfriends, laughing, gossiping. A week went by when he finally saw you alone, he took his chance to ask you for a study date. Harry wanted to know, you were so kind to him, you didn’t seem to care about him being the chosen one. He felt like he could talk to you, open up and talk about his past without somebody asking about ‘you know who’.
Months pass and now you’re close friends and your feelings for each other grew even more but neither one of you wanted to ruin the amazing friendship that you had. Every Quidditch match you went to for him, you weren’t as close with him as the golden trio they had their special bond. What you guys had was special, he kept telling Ron how he felt about you and how afraid he is to ask you out just cause of the fact that you might say no and that you don’t feel the same. Boys, right? So a week passed of you two being awkward, both contemplating to admitting your feelings and eventually, it gets to the point where you finally build up the courage to ask him.
You notice Harry in the courtyard with Hermione and Ron, you run up to them thinking, 'Oh what the hell.’ “Harry!” They all turn their heads when they recognize your voice, they say their hellos but your mind was on one thing. “Hey, Harry can I talk to you for a sec?” Hermione and Ron share a knowing look, Harry nods and says sure. I pull him to the side,
“So what is it that you needed to pull me aside to say?”  You gave him a nervous smile, “Would you like to go to Hogsmeade?”
“Like all together? Sure.”
“No, like just us on a date?” He smiled, “I thought you didn’t like me like that. To be honest, (Y/n) I’ve fancied you awhile and was too afraid to ask you and I’m so glad you did.” You were so relieved you kissed him on the cheek, then blushed once you realized what you did. “Oh, sorry.” He didn’t say anything, he just simply returned the kiss and said he’d see you this weekend.
Ron: Days after the party Ron couldn’t shut up about you, it was starting to get on Harry’s nerves and Hermione’s not because she was jealous or anything she thinks you would be good for Ron, it’s just Ron couldn’t go one conversation without mentioning your name. For example,
“Ron, did you get that Transfiguration homework done?” Hermione asked.
“No, but I bet (Y/n) probably did, she’s so talented and smart. Did you see her today? She’s so pretty an-,”
“Ronald!” Hermione snapped her fingers in his to snap him out of his trance, “I get it, you fancy (Y/n) but that’s not what I asked.” she huffed, “Just man up and go ask her out.” Harry nodded, “Yeah mate, it’s getting old at this point.” He patted Ron’s shoulder and nodded in (Y/n)’s direction. Ron noticed and instantly stiffened up, his heart raced every time he saw you. So that’s what he did, well that’s what he attempted to do…
It ended up being a complete disaster… When he approached you at the entrance of the great hall, he froze but it was too late you already saw him and waved, excited to see him and get a chance to talk to him again. “Hey! I’ve been meaning to chat with you again,” You meet him halfway, you can’t help but smile every time you see him. There was just something about him that made you happy, meanwhile, in Ron’s brain, it looked like that one scene in Spongebob where his brain was on fire and there was mini Spongebob’s running around screaming. Yeah, that was what it looked like. Ron blackout, but from (Y/n)’s p.o.v his words came out fast and all jumbled.
“Uhhh… erm, Hiwouldyouli-want-tomaybegoonadatewithme?” He was visibly nervous, he swaying side to side, and you could guess his hands were clammy. You felt bad for the guy, you fancy him too.
“I’m sorry?” You gave a sympathetic look towards him, trying your best to understand what he just said. You think you heard the word date? He took a deep breath and tried saying it again,
“Would you like to go on a date with me? Please?” Ron wanted to punch himself for being such a git, he was thinking this is going very bad and he was so lost in his thoughts that he barely heard (Y/n) says yes.
“What?” He looked confused, “Did you say yes?” You giggled at his nervousness, “Yes, I’d love to go on a date with you.” He has a goofy smile on his face, “Great, so this weekend?” You nod eagerly.
Draco: The past few weeks, you dreaded going to potions class. Every day it spiked up your anxiety levels to the max, you try to stay as calm as possible but your thoughts keep running in circles about how good Draco smells and other things, then you tell yourself to snap out of it and by the time you do you’ve missed a section of very important notes or you knicked yourself with the knife when you were supposed to be cutting some ingredient. Damn. Before you swapped partners you were the 3rd best in class, right behind Draco who was behind Hermione. 'Maybe Snape did have the right idea putting use together, he probably thought we’d make a good pair considering how smart we both are. He’s probably disappointed with how many mistakes I’ve made since working with Draco, and Draco must be annoyed with my clumsiness. Why do I have to have a crush on such a git?! Merlin, I need to get a grip.’
When I’m not messing up it seems like Draco enjoys my company? Or isn’t completely annoyed by it anyway. We get along well enough,
“Hey, erm, do you have any plans later tonight?” I turn my head to look at Draco. 'Did I just hear that right? Did Draco Malfoy just ask me out?’ I turn my head to see Snape going over our homework from last week,
“Um, I just have some homework from other classes to go over but other than that I’m free. Why you ask?” I whisper back unsure of what his intentions were? These past weeks, Hermione has told me Draco hasn’t been harassing her as much which I find strange but I’m glad about that. “No reason, well it’s just that you could use some extra studying and I thought you’d enjoy my company.” 'Ugh, why do I like this guy?’  “Uh, thanks? We could study together after dinner, that’ll give us a couple of hours before curfew. Sound good?” He nods then goes on with class like that conversation never happened. 'What the hell just happened?’  
Fred: Ever since that prank you pulled on that Ravenclaw word spread and still no one knew who pulled it off. Of course, there was an announcement saying that the staff knows who done it so they might as well come forward and accept their punishment but weeks went by and nothing happened, no surprise there. The only people who knew were Fred, George, and your two dormmates. Fred was so proud of you, well everyone was but Fred especially. After that prank you caught yourself spending more time with the Weasley twins and you started to develop a crush on Fred. There was something about his personality, he was so easy to talk to aswell.
Free period, I finally get a chance to breathe. “(Y/n)!” Noo~ I turn around to figure out if it was George or Fred calling my name so I know who to knee in the balls, they know not to bother with my “study” time. I just want to go to my common room and take a nap, that’s it. The time I waste talking to whoever, there goes how many minutes of sleep I lost.
Oh, it’s Fred. “Oh, hey Fred.” I move to the side of the hallway so I don’t get crushed by the stampede of students. Damn, he’s cute. “Hey, (Y/n) I was wondering if you wanted to join me and a few of my other friends this weekend at Hogsmeade?”
“Sure, I’d like that. May I ask why the sudden interest in me?”
“Well, if you must I fancy you” You’re taken back “Really? You fancy me?,” You pointed to yourself, “Not Angelica? Because I heard she fancies you, also I’m so boring. I don’t understand why you would fancy someone like m-”
“(Y/n)! I fancy you alright and there are reasons I fancy you. The more time I spend with you the more I fall for you. I find it adorable that you take naps after classes and one more thing you’re not boring! You’re hilarious, you’re so carefree and that prank idea you had was genius! So please stop being so down on yourself and please come to Hogsmeade with me this weekend” The entire time he was caressing your face, it was sort of difficult to focus on his words when you were so lost in his eyes.
You can’t stop smiling, so you just nod a yes, “Great, now will you let me join you for a nap. I could use one right about now.” You looked confused, “Wait, I thought you didn’t have a free period today?” You raise your eyebrow in confusion.
“You’re right I don’t but it’ll probably be boring and I would most likely fall asleep, so why sleep there at an uncomfortable desk when I could be cuddling you?” You laugh as he sends you a wink, “Who said anything about cuddling?” “I just did.” You laugh some more, “Now cmon slowpoke time’s a-wasting.”
George: The Yule ball was still a while away so you were glad George asked you when he did. On our date, we found out a lot about each other and we have a lot in common. And you became a little bit less mysterious to him and his feelings grew more for you. You had no idea what he had planned for the date so when he told you to meet him at the Astormany Tower at 11:00 pm you were a bit anxious, to say the least.
You try you’re best to walk quietly so you won’t draw any attention from a prefect or worse Flich or Mrs. Norris. It was freezing out so it was really difficult to look cute while not freezing to death. So just opted for a hoodie and some skinny jeans, you tried your best with your makeup skills, you decided to keep it natural and you left your hair down. You kept fidgeting with your hair and hoodie strings as you make your way up the tower’s stairs. At the top of the stairs, you see his read hair almost immediately, you also notice a blanket spread out on the ground with a woven basket sitting next to him.
He still hadn’t noticed you, and an evil idea popped into your head. You closer you snuck towards the less control you had of keeping a straight face, you couldn’t help a huge grin. You make a growling noise as you grab his shoulders quicky,
“Merlin!” George jumps up from his spot, “he turns around quickly to see me laughing. He can’t help but laugh as well, "Well hello to you too,” You calm down from your laughing fit and finally admire the scene George laid out in front of you. It looked absolutely beautiful out tonight, the stars were out and the moon was bright enough to light up the tower. You were at a loss for words, that was until George offered you a seat which you gladly accepted. The rest of the night was filled with laughter, endless talking and food lots of food. That date was only the beginning of something great.
Neville: Second year, you became friends, you always stood up for him against Malfoy or any other person that gave him a hard time. Third-year, he started to develop a crush now that both of you were changing, growing into your bodies. There was something about you that changed that only he truly noticed, you were more confident in yourself. You were before last year but you’re even more so now and it made him care about you, even more. Now it’s year four, a full two years later and talk about the Yule Ball has come into full effect. The talk about the ball is stressful but so is this essay for Muggle Studies.
You help him with his self-esteem problems, you’re his outlet when it comes to his feelings about his parents and his grandmother. Neville tells you things that he just can’t with his grandmother, every day you two grow closer but you’re too scared to admit the way you feel to him because you think he just sees you as a friend, nothing more than that. You like the way things are and you don’t want to risk anything by saying something you might regret.
“Hey, Neville,” You guys were sprawled out on one of the couches in the Gryffindor common room You guys tend to take up the whole couch which annoys some people, you were laying on your back while Neville was sitting properly on the couch as you were using him as a footrest. You tap him with your foot until he lifts his head from his Herbology book he was lost in.
“Hmm, yeah?” He glances at you then goes back to his book, “Ugh, Neville~~~ I need your help with my essay. Can you please reread it, I feel like I can do better with it.” He closes his book, to give you his full attention, “Alright, hand it over.” You hand him your paper, he takes a few minutes going over your paper and you take this moment to gaze at him. You think about how attractive he’s become since you first met him, he’s truly becoming a man and damn do you wish he will take you to the Yule ball.
“(y/n), did you hear me?” You snap out of your thought and come back to Earth, “Huh, sorry I was spacing out.” He laughs, “Well yeah that’s because you’ve been up all night and getting up early in the mornings to finish this essay.” He hands back your essay and starts to push your legs off his lap. You sit up, eager to what he has to say, “Well how is it? Does it more detail? Does it sound good enough, do I need to edit it anymore-” “Alright, I’m going to stop you there.” He turns to face towards me, grabs my hands and pulls me in closer. “It’s perfect. Now go to bed.”
Cedric: Every week you and Cedric would meet at a tree near the Black Lake and you’d swap books. You’d give him a muggle book and he’d give you one that he’d think you’ll love, and every week you’d talk for hours about how much would love or hate that book. He found your passion for books to be adorable, he found it so cute that you’d rant about how much you’d dislike a certain character or how a different character deserves to be treated better and that they’re misunderstood.
You were ranting on and on about how Luce from Lauren Kate’s “Fallen” doesn’t deserve Daniel because she treats him horribly for some reason?. He stopped listening after a while because he was too distracted by the way the sun hits the back of your hair. It sort of had a halo effect and he thought you looked absolutely stunning, he always thought you looked amazing even if you didn’t. He is so captivated by your beauty that his silence didn’t go unnoticed by you, you thought you were boring him so you stopped taking about starting blushing.
“Sorry, am I boring?"Cedric being the gentleman he says, "Oh no of course not, I just love how passionate you are about these things. It’s one of the reasons I fancy you.” He gave you one of his signature smiles. You stared at him dumbfounded, “Sorry what? Did you just say you fancy me?” You really couldn’t believe your ears. He sat up from his laying position to look at you properly, (Y/n) would you like to go on a date with me?“ Cedric hoped deeply that you would say yes, with a hopeful look on his face your mind was racing with questions. "Well? What do you say?”
“Uh, yes, of course, I’ll go on a date with you.” You were so happy you didn’t care what was the reason he’d fancied you but your mind did quickly fill with insecurities. “Ced?” He smiled, he loved the fact that you already have a nickname for me. “Yes?” “Why do you want to go on a date with me? I swore you like Cho?” He gave you a confused look, “Cho? I don’t fancy her at all, she’s pretty and all but you’re who I’m interested in. I feel like I already know you, you are so down to earth and I want to get to know you more. I need to get to know you more or I feel like I might explode, there’s something so captivating about you and I can’t put my finger on it.”
You were at a loss for words, and before you knew what you were doing you hugged him and he returned the favor within seconds. “I never have had someone say something so sweet about me like that, and that speech how can I say no?”
221 notes · View notes
soundtrack-scribe · 5 years ago
Text
B.U.B
Tumblr media
Summary: Everyone got more than they bargained for when Ashton started dating Sam.
A/N: Ugh, this is such a bittersweet moment. The official end of my brain child with @creator-appreciator​ and our new trope: back up boyfriend (BUB). But what an appropriate note to end on: a wedding! If you haven’t read it, or need a refresher, be sure to catch all 5 previous parts of BUB under the miscellaneous portion of my masterlist!
Disclaimer: Not a poly!sos series!
Content: General bub tom-foolery wedding edition!
Word Count: 2k on the nose!
And away, and away we go!
__
Part 6
“Lazy day?” Ashton asked from his spot on the couch next to Calum when Sam came downstairs in leggings and a tank top.
“Nope!” she grinned at him. “Going dress shopping with the bubs and the girls.”
“Is it really a bub outing if I’m not there?” Calum asked.
“Wait, you’re not going?” Ashton asked, looking over at his friend. “What are you doing here, then?”
“Misery loves company?”
“Oh, you are not miserable!” Sam scoffed. “You’re just pouting because I told you you can’t come.”
“I don’t pout. I just find it unfair that you banished me from a bub activity.”
“It’s not a bub activity. It’s a wedding party activity. Of which, you are not technically a part of.”
“Princess, you’re forgetting a crucial piece of intel. And it’s that I am the party.”
“You’re still not coming, bub.”
Calum narrowed his eyes at her. “Have fun talking Luke out of glitter.”
“Have fun not knowing what the dress looks like,” she taunted back. Sam swiftly pressed a kiss to Calum’s cheek before kissing Ashton. “Have a good day, boys.”
“Bye, baby. Have fun,” Ashton told her while Calum sunk lower in his seat, crossing his arms over his chest.
~~~
“So, these are the colors,” Sam explained, pictures spread across the kitchen table, everybody listening intently. “The girls got their dresses and they are stunning! But all four of you still need to go get your tuxes. And when you do, take this color! This is the color!” She held up the photo in question, looking around at who she trusted most to hold on to it.
“I got it,” Calum said, snatching the picture out of her fingers. “Is there a different color you want Ash’s? Or mine for that matter?”
“No. Same color’s fine for you and Fletch too.”
“You don’t want him to match your dress?”
“Oh, her dress is beautiful!” Luke teased, seeing his opportunity and taking it. “Makes her look like a princess, Cal.”
“A queen, dumbass…” Michael sighed.
“Whatever. Point is, it’s a beautiful dress, and she looks amazing in it!”
“If you’re not this excited when we get married, I’m leaving you at the altar,” Sierra teased.
“You should leave him now,” everyone joked.
“Hey!”
“Oh! And Fletch! The flowers. Can you give this to Bryce down at the shop?”
“Yeah, I’ll give it to him next time I see him.”
“Good, good. And when is your family getting here?”
“Not til like the week of the wedding, wh- oh shit, Harry’s suit. Uh, I’ll tell him to go to a tailor to get his measurements and I’ll bring that with me when we all go get fitted.”
“Which you’re doing when?”
“When would you like us to do that, baby?”
Sam grinned, “You're so smart sometimes, Fletch. Can you guys go soon? Like next week?”
“You got it,” the boys saluted her. “Anything else?”
~~~
“Fletch!” Sam hollered from the backyard.
“What?!” Ashton asked, running to her, only to find her sitting beside the garden he’d been planting. “What are you doing?” he giggled.
“Trying to teach myself how to garden,” she stated.
“Mhm… why?”
“Because, Fletch!”
“Do you need help?”
“Yes! None of this makes sense!”
“What do you mean it doesn’t make sense?” he giggled again, coming to sit beside her.
“This!” She flashed the packet of flower seeds in her hand. “Plant in the warm season. What does that even mean? It’s California! It’s always warm season!”
“Why is this something you want to do?”
“Because it’s something you like doing, and I thought I would surprise you by doing it with you.”
“Aww! You don’t have to.”
“But I want to! It can be our thing!”
“So, if I take you to Home Depot right now, we can put some gardening stuff I’ve wanted on our wedding registry?” Ashton asked hopefully.
“Who needs fancy china anyway?”
“God, you’re the best! Okay, let’s go.”
“Wait!”
“What?”
“Call the guys. We might need help.”
A half hour later Sam was talking the ear off of a Home Depot employee. “So he wants to plant like real stuff. Like tomatoes, you know? But I think other stuff would look really good too. Like regular flowers and such. So, my question to you, is what would be the best things to plant if we were going to plant them, say, later this afternoon? What would we need?”
“Uh… I can show you what’s popular?” the clerk offered, either feeling completely out of their element or intimidated by the woman with all her questions and posse of 4 giant Aussie men.
“Lead the way!” Sam chirped.
“Oh, um, you wouldn’t happen to have those scanners for wedding registries, would you?” Ashton put in as they all started walking across the store to the garden section.
“You want to register for your wedding at Home Depot, sir?”
“Yes, please.”
“You don’t want to register at IKEA, or like a Target?”
“Nope! You guys got some great stuff here.”
“Okay…”
The wedding registry aspect of it proved to be useless as anything Ashton scanned, Calum, Luke, or Michael immediately grabbed with a “What? I want one too…”
“So, this is probably a crazy question, but c-can I be invited to your wedding? Like… nobody's going to believe me that this happened. That a couple registered here. I just… I gotta see what type of wedding would be thrown by people who register at Home frickin’ Depot,” the clerk asked as they rang everything up.
Sam hummed as she dug around in her purse, pulling out a small card and handing it over. “Yeah! Of course! I didn’t end up liking this design, but it’s got all the important information on it, so I hope this’ll do.”
“Holy crap, thank you!”
“Of course! Thanks for dealing with us.”
“You just carry invitations around in your purse?” Ashton asked Sam.
“You don’t?”
“I don’t have a purse… I have pockets.”
Sam rolled her eyes. “Just help the bubs.”
~~~
“Okay, my bachelor party and your bachelorette party,” Ashton started. “How do you want to do this? Cuz I know I have groomswomen, but I want my boys there too. And I imagine you probably want the same thing of wanting your bubs and your girls. So… separate weekends or joint party?”
“Joint party would just be a regular hang out.”
“Yeah but like… in a cabin in the mountains. Away from everything. Or separate weekends. You get everyone to do your thing with. Then I get everyone to do my thing.”
“But then we don’t get each other. And with a joint party we do.”
“I think the point of bachelor and bachelorette parties is so that way we’re not around each other, baby.”
“Then why’d you suggest a joint party, Fletch?”
“I didn’t. I was just laying out all the options.”
“Mhm… sure. A likely story.”
“Okay, I might be hoping that you pick a joint party because I think that’d be fun. A nice getaway with my closest friends and future wife. What could be better than that?”
“You do make a pretty good case.”
“So, joint party?”
“Joint party!”
The end of the month found the eight friends and Harry standing around in a cabin. “First order of business!” Sam declared. “Room assignments. Ashton and I get the master room. The rest are up for grabs. Second order of business! Once you find your room, come back with all the blankets and pillows so we can make our fort.”
“A fort?” Harry snickered. “What are you, twelve?”
“Aw, c’mon,” Ashton nudged his kid brother. “You’ve seen the pictures of our forts, haven’t you?”
“Oh, that’s like a for real thing? Thought it was a joke.”
“Fort Luke Sucks Balls is most certainly real. And for this weekend, you are an honorary member,” Sam told him with a bright smile.
“Uh… thanks? I think?”
~~~
“Mike… you were right,” Luke breathed as Sam turned around in her dress. “You do look like a queen, sweetheart.”
Sam blushed. “Thanks, partner.”
“You saw her try it on in the store last week,” Michael told Luke. “Idiot…”
“Well, yeah! But not with her hair all done up, and make up.”
“You’re right. Still an idiot, but you’re right. Wanna make a bet for when Ash starts crying?”
“Hmm…” Luke thought. “Tears up when she walks down the aisle, full on sobbing through his vows.”
“Oh, definitely with you on him tearing up when she comes down the aisle. But I’m betting he just does that thing where he clears his throat a lot rather than the blubbering during the vows.”
“Alright. So if I win, we have to change Fort Luke Sucks Balls.”
“And when you lose, a name change can never be proposed again by you.”
“Deal.”
The blondes shook hands to cement the agreement, each one certain they’d win while Sam rolled her eyes. A bet the was rendered null and void when Ashton A.) teared up when Sam came down the aisle, and B.) cleared his throat a grand total of 107 times (Michael counted) before quietly breaking down during Sam’s vows.
“I now pronounce you Hubasaurus Fletch, and Wifeysaurus Babe,” Calum announced. “Now kiss your bride before you start crying again.”
Ashton gave a half sobbed laugh, before cupping Sam’s face in his hands and ducking his head down to give her the world’s most heartfelt kiss.
~~~
“Alright,” Calum said into a microphone, getting the toasts started. “Hi, everyone, I’m Calum Hood. The wedding officiant, and only guest speaker for this evening.”
“The sensation!” Michael called out loudly, his hands cupped around his mouth.
“The bodacious!” Luke joined in.
“Ccccccaaaaaalllllllluuuuummmmmmm Hhhhhooooooooooooodddddd!” the group of friends all whooped, drumming their hands on the table.
“Okay, thank you!” Calum said with a squishy cheeked grin. “So, as you can imagine we all love Ashton and Sam so much. And when deciding this part of the night, we all wanted a chance to say something. But, we ultimately decided that a lot of our stories would overlap and that it would be too long, so I’m doing it on behalf of all of us. So, it goes without saying Ash, that you’re like a big brother to us guys. I don’t think it’s a stretch of the imagination to say that we wouldn’t be the people we are without you in our lives. And we’ll never be able to thank you enough for accepting a random Facebook message from a kid you didn’t know and helping us become what we are. And then there’s Princess Sam. Sorry, Queen Sam. I have never been happier to be proved wrong in my entire life. I’ve never been happier to have been wrong about thinking you were just some girl that wouldn’t matter in a couple of months. And I deeply apologize for everything I did in those first few months. In these last 5 years I’ve gotten to know you, it’s very easy to see the woman that stole my best friend’s heart. Because you stole all of ours too. And if I say anything else, I’m gonna end up like Ash here, so I’ll just end this by saying that I’ll forever be grateful that you two found each other, because it’s been nothing short of incredible. Here’s to the best years.”
Calum raised his glass, everyone else following suit, while Luke and Michael hopped up on stage next to Calum. Michael grabbed the microphone out of Calum’s hands while Luke got situated with a guitar. “Perfect toast for a perfect couple, Cal. And perfect segway into the newly announced Mr. and Mrs. Ashton Irwin’s first dance! Hit it, Luke!”
While Luke started strumming the opening chords to Best Years, Ashton led Sam out to the dance floor, spinning her in a slow circle before pulling her close. “I love you so much, baby,” he whispered for only her to hear.
“I love you too, Fletch. So fuckin’ much.”
__
Tag List
@frontmanash​​ @goeatsomelife​​ @flameraine​​ @creator-appreciator​​ @cxddlyash​​ @1-irwin-94​​ @sparkling-calm​​ @tea4sykes​​ @youngblood199456​​ @5-seconds-of-obsession​​ @gosh-im-short​​ @aquarius-hood1996​​ @talkfastromance4​​ @itjustkindahappenedreally​​ @philthepegacorn​​ @ashtonlftv​ @miirandaaa​​ @karajaynetoday​ @myfavfanficsever​ @stormrider505​ @cashtonisruiningmylife​ @another-lonely-heart​
17 notes · View notes
queenofthelanternfish · 5 years ago
Text
Disclaimer: hopefully tumblr will be kind to the dirty bad fun fic and actually show up in the tags for my bae @anesther. She spent a long ass time on this and deserves praise for her oscar worthy smut. 
-
AN: why tumblr. anyway, gonna post this one to my girlfriend’s because, frankly, this took most of my day to get to and write out and I’m tired of tumblr gobbling up my posts pffft.
Title: Interfaces
Characters: Entrapta, Hordak
Pairing: Entrapdak
Rating: M (for smut, duh)
For the love of all gods, AO3 is best to check out.
                                                  Experiment
“How’s the armor?” Entrapta asks, shuffling over. “Has it been having problems like before?”
Hordak looks at her, “No. It’s been more than exceptional.”
Entrapta grins, “That’s great! I’ve been monitoring it, and it seems as though this is the longest it’s gone without a complication.”
“Have you now?” Hordak asks, glancing at her over his shoulder, smiling lightly.
“You’ve been monitoring me, then?”
“Of course, silly! How else will I be able to keep track of what the armor needs fixed?”
Nodding, Hordak returns to his work. Entrapta settles herself on a perch of hair, lacing her fingers together and propping her chin on them.
Hordak glances at her, “Is there anything else?”
“Oh, no! Don’t mind me. I’m observing the armor’s capabilities.”
His gaze rests on the table while hers remains on him.
Entrapta has never really stopped to look at Hordak before.
Everything about him is so much sharper than she gave notice to. She remarked his features and appearance the week they started to work together, but he seems different. He tilts his head to the side, and her eyes slide to the crook of his neck. Blue-grey skin clashes with white, the anomalies of his skin hidden beneath the armor and sleeveless attire he wears under that. That doesn’t eliminate the fact his neck is surprisingly interesting.
His expression stern, it softens as the minutes pass. He enters a state of mind that is almost tranquil, not concerning himself with anything except his inventions. Learning about his heritage, and the rage she knows is in him, these are the moments a youthfulness comes to his face.
She tilts her head, brows furrowing together. She should get back to work, but he’s being… fascinating. He is every day, yet her thoughts fixate on knowing about him for now. A dark strand of hair falls in front of his forehead. He blows it away to the side, hands occupied.
Entrapta kisses his cheek, startling him. He looks at her with wide eyes, stunned.
Holding up her hands, she backs away an inch, an apologetic grin on her face, “Sorry! I just wanted to know what that would be like…”
Recovering from surprise, Hordak clears his throat, “You wanted to know… what?”
“What it’d be like to kiss someone.”
Hordak stares at her, gaze flickering over her features. “Well, I don’t think… a, uh, kiss, can tell you much by just doing it on the cheek.”
“What should it be, then?”
Hordak turns in his seat, looking down at her expectant face. His eyes flicker to her mouth.
Entrapta’s expression is neutral, not betraying the rapid beating in her chest.
Leaning forward, Hordak breathes in. Unsure of what to do, his hands lift to her face. Hesitating. It was one thing to observe her as she slept, but another to have her be in front of him. It was always easier to look at her when she was unaware of it.
“It’s okay,” Entrapta says, tone low. She can’t help but be curious. There’s been a lot of time spent together, and, on occasion, she would wonder what this sort of interaction was like. It was a general thought, akin to musing over hypotheticals that were interesting in the theory of it. But as time went on, her ideas shifted away from staying only a hypothesis. And it went from general imagery to Hordak.
They were both friends, and she figured having him help her understand would make sense. He is her lab partner, after all.
He cups her face, thumbs brushing the curve of cheekbone, fingers brushing the tips of her ears. Bending low, Hordak feels her breath tickle his chin. He grazes her mouth with his own, light and chaste. The skin contact sending shivers down his spine, surprised by how warm her lips were.
Entrapta’s heart skips a beat, marveling at the gentle motion. Exhaling, she attempts to stay still. She didn’t want to interrupt this experiment they were doing. His eyes glow brighter when they’re up close.
Hordak stares at her, trying to keep his breathing even.
“Maybe if we close our eyes?” she suggests.
He nods. Hordak keeps his open as he bends down, her own softly closed. He shuts them only when he pushes their mouths together again. His fingers slide behind the back of her skull, fragile skin and bone possessing the brightest mind he’s ever known.
Thinking this, a hand trails down her neck. She shudders against him, gasping. Her body shifts closer, propping herself carefully onto her hair, her hands place themselves on his shoulders.
Entrapta knows there’s more to it, from what she recollects seeing. She opens her mouth, slipping her tongue past razored teeth.
Hordak pulls back, shocked; he maintains his hold of her, however.
“Was that too much?” Entrapta asks. “I’ve seen people do that.”
“When?”
“When I would watch couples from a distance.”
He raises a brow, confused, “You would watch couples from afar?”
“I wanted to know what osculation was and observation is the best mode of it.”
“I do not disagree,” Hordak replies. He draws near again, “We should attempt that...”
“Right…” she breathes, mouth parting.
Hordak’s hands wrap tight around her as she initiates the kiss, her tongue tentatively delving in. This isn’t something his species is designed to do—or rather, a clone is supposed to do. Her body is soft and warm. Her breathing quickens against his mouth, sensing her limbs wrap around his shoulders. Fingers touch the sides of his head, threading through his hair. A pleasant tremor runs up his body, and he holds her even closer, so that she’s arching into him.
She moans.
His thoughts freeze for the smallest fragment of a second.
Then he’s focused on heat and sound.
Entrapta’s arms tighten around him, pulling back for quick catches of air. Hordak moves her away from her seat, placing her on the table’s edge, pushing aside the contents laid there. She doesn’t resist, enthralled by this change. He ensnares her mouth with ferocity that leaves her panting, mind spinning. Pressing into her, his hands slip down the side of her frame. Nails scathe the side of her waist, causing her to grip the back of his neck with such force, he falls on top of her.
Propped up by his hands, careful not to crush her, he takes this moment to trail kisses along her jaw. Sighing beneath him, his mouth continues its course, gliding along her throat. She doesn’t protest, gliding the tips of her gloved fingers down smooth, cool metal. They lightly thump over the wires behind him, until she settles them on either side of his pelvis.
He keeps tracing down, nipping at narrow patches of exposed skin. She emits another gasp, her legs wrapping around him.
Without thought, he grinds his hips against hers.
Her squeal is muffled by his mouth, cheeks flushed. His teeth drag across her lower lip, bruising tender skin. Groaning, she raises her hips to meet his. She’s researched this before, but to actually feel something rub against her clit is so different from merely reading it. Mesmerized, her hair glides around them, guiding him to dig down more, press harder, faster.
She jerks in place, fingers clutching at the armor, a small cry of shock leaving her lips, deep moans following after. He isn’t sure of what’s happening, but a growl forms in the center of his chest. His hands clasp around her wrists, pinning them down, tips of her knuckles tipping over the ledge.
Kissing him on the mouth, locks of purple bind his wrists and legs in turn, keeping them in place. She wiggles her fingers, and he releases her, a silent command. Her hands slide down his chest, eyes barely registering the gem glinting. The back of her hand grazes the outside of his thigh, fingers bolder as they slip up and down the inside of it. She isn’t sure who spread his legs—himself or her—but they move apart, and her knuckles skim the underside of his cock, erect and ooh what if she did this—
A hiss escapes gritted teeth, reacting by biting her shoulder. Entrapta’s fingers don't stop, demanding he continue to move. The rough texture of her gloves leaves him incapable of doing much else, except thrust his hips forward. Her brazen nature is intoxicating, her legs keeping themselves tightly wound about his torso. The intensity of it is unlike anything he’s felt before. He’s locked in limb, thought and heart, burning.
“Hordak…”
His ears twitch at the sound, the tone. The complete deference and trust in her voice.
He withdraws, her scent in his thoughts, “Entrapta… is this part of kissing?”
“I think so,” Entrapta murmurs, brushing back his hair. “Do you want to stop?”
“No,” he says, a little too quickly. “I’m simply… not sure of what follows.”
“I know what does, but maybe it’s too soon? I’ve heard that it can take a long time to reach this stage, and for some it takes no time at all.”
“What?”
“Sex.”
Hordak raises his chin, “Ah.”
“Do you want to try it?”
He isn’t sure. It’s not something he has experience in.
Staring down at her, laying underneath him, lacking judgment in her expression, he feels his chest tighten. Tucking hair behind her ear, his thumb caresses soft skin.
“We don’t have to have sex.”
“I’m simply unsure of whether my body will give out or not,” Hordak half-lies.
Entrapta grins, “That’s okay! I can, as I’ve heard people say, ‘get you off.’”
“I don’t understand,” he says, blinking.
“I’ll show you,” Entrapta tells him. Sitting up, she shifts their position so he’s leaning against the table, and she’s back to being in the air.
Pushing aside the front of his outfit, Entrapta’s eyes widen at the member standing upright in front of her.
“Oh, wow… you’re not much different from Etherians in this aspect of your physiology.”
“...Is that a good thing?”
“Very much!” Entrapta answers, trailing her forefinger along the underside of his cock. It’s ridged there… At his shudder, she removes her gloves.
Her hands are so much better this way.
She starts with easy, slow motions. Despite her analytical nature, her cheeks brighten at the sight she’s given. Her hands slip up and down, and she remarks the precum dripping down its sides. She pumps faster, gazing up at his face. Head bowed, hands latching onto the table, Hordak’s breathing quickens. His gasps are broken apart by sighs, and when she adds the slightest pressure, he releases moans that she can say, both scientifically and personally, is the sexiest sound she’s ever heard.
His body, were it not for his defect, would imply a powerful, healthy specimen under the armor. Yet, she wouldn’t change him for anything.
His cock stiffens further in her hand as she slips her thumb around the head. Her face inches forward, mesmerized by the noises he’s making. Curious, she opens her mouth, and licks the tip of his cock.
Seizing in that spot, Hordak shuts his eyes.
“Did that bother you?” she questions.
“No… the opposite,” he murmurs.
Pleased with this, Entrapta continues to use her hands, occasionally licking up the shaft. She takes it one step further and places the head into her mouth, swirling her tongue around it. She gazes up at him, making mental notes of his reactions, his every gesture. How he bites his lip when she sucks hard on it, or how his face turns gentle when plants kisses along its length.
Panting, Hordak feels his body continue to burn with indescribable heat. He looks at her through slitted eyes, expression intense. Her face is focused, as it normally is, yet there’s something there he doesn’t comprehend. It’s her usual look, but he sees an emotion flicker across her face when their gazes meet.
It’s when their eyes lock for another flash of a second that his body tenses. His fingers crush the edge of the table, metal crunching between them, as he comes into her mouth.
Entrapta, not expecting it, barely manages to stop from choking, her knowledge keeping her from botching it. Breathing out, saliva and come trailing away from her mouth, she swallows whatever went down already.
They look at each other. Red eyes gleaming at one another, bodies flushed and sweaty, the two of them let the moment be.
Suddenly, she beams at him, “Wow! That was amazing! I really didn’t know you had such similar responses to sexual stimulus like Etherians do.”
“I… suppose I do…” Hordak says, smoothing back his hair.
“That was so much fun! I wasn’t expecting to go in that direction when we began kissing, but it proved to be a very interesting experiment.”
Hordak lets out a shaky breath, unable to really think.
“Thank you, that was enlightening!” Entrapta says, eyes alight with purpose.
“You’re… welcome?” Hordak states. He watches her put on her gloves, realizing something. “Where’s your recorder?”
She smiles, “That was between you and me.”
Hordak sinks against the table, “Don’t you usually… record things?”
“I’m going to make some notes on this subject later in my room,” Entrapta explains. She comes up to him, kissing his lips. She does usually pride herself in being thorough with her research. But, as she pats his cheek, she’s glad she took a more private account for this. At least for now.
“Hold on,” he says. “I feel as though this was one-sided.”
“Oh, you can make it up to me later!”
Staring, mute, Hordak watches her leave. The thoughts in his head don’t regain their normalcy for hours afterward. His fingers tap the gem nestled into his armor, shining in its case.
47 notes · View notes
sunflower-swan · 5 years ago
Text
Wolfstar Chapter 8
A/N: Here’s what you need to know: I created this story for Writer’s Month 2020. Every day is a new prompt, and therefore a new chapter. This is an AU Wolfstar where Remus is a tattoo artist next door to Sirius who manages a flower shop. James and Lily are alive in this universe and own a coffee shop across the street. And to make parts of the story work with the prompts, Remus is about 10 years older than Sirius. It also takes place more or less in present time, minus Covid-19.
This is chapter 8 of a multi-chapter work. If you’d like to start from the beginning, here is chapter 1.
Disclaimer: I don’t own these characters. I just like to play with them.
Day 8 Prompt: Eight
Rating: Teen and Up
Word Count: 1917
Tags: angst, language, humor, friendship
Chapter 8
Remus
Dropkick Murphys, “Rose Tattoo”
A rose that shines down from above
I signed and sealed these words in blood
I heard them once, sung in a song
It played again and we sang along
Remus stood and set his cup down on the coffee table. “Wait here. I’ll get it ready for you.” He walked toward the bathroom. Before he entered, he turned to cast a wary eye upon his friend.
Sirius had returned to laying in the fetal position on the couch. He had a pillow over his head, and his shoulders were trembling.
With an internal sigh, Remus entered the bathroom. He turned the tap to fill the tub with water, and then dropped in his last Lavender Vanilla scented bath bomb. It was his favorite to use when he felt stress, anxiety, and pain. But Sirius needed it more than him right now, and he made a mental note to pick up more next time he did the shopping.
Then he grabbed a towel from the linen closet and set it on the sink. He looked in the mirror over the sink at his reflection. The wisps of grey at his temples and the beginnings of lines forming at the corners of his eyes mocked him. They hinted at a man aged, through complicated circumstances, beyond his actual years.
He remembered being on his own during his own grief, and how the darkness had consumed him. Sirius didn’t know it, but his friendship had helped Remus finally find his way out. Whatever he could do to return the favor, he would do it. Remus closed his eyes and took a deep breath. The lavender vanilla scent was already percolating through the air, and it helped to calm him. 
James, Lily, and Remus had decided it was probably best if Sirius didn’t stay alone at his own flat tonight. So Remus found his largest pair of athletic shorts, which had never fit him but would hopefully fit Sirius well enough, and a clean undershirt. He set these next to the towel, and went back to the living room to fetch Sirius.
He was right where Remus had left him. Sirius had shifted positions on the couch, and was now laying on his back. His eyes were staring blankly at the ceiling, one arm draped across his stomach, and his other rested on his forehead.
Damn. And I thought I was broken, he thought as he looked at Sirius.  “Come on, mate.” Remus helped Sirius to his feet and led him to the bathroom.
Sirius took a long deep breath, and let it out. “Smells nice.”
“Yeah. It’s my favorite.” Remus cleared his throat. Sirius didn’t need to know how often he needed to be calmed or comforted, or that it was often enough to keep a stock of bath bombs handy. “Uh, anyway. Towel and clean clothes are here.” He patted the pile on the sink. “And you take all the time you need. I’ll be out there.” He gestured with his thumb over his shoulder.
Suddenly Sirius threw his arms around Remus. “Thank you,” he whispered into Remus’ shoulder.
“You’re welcome.” Remus melted into his embrace, and silently vowed again to help hold the broken man together. 
Sirius released him, and he took the opportunity to leave, closing the door behind him. He let out a heavy sigh and went back to his favorite chair, grabbing a sketchbook and pencil on the way. Flipping open to a blank page he began to draw. Mainly for something to keep his hands and mind busy, and not thinking about the naked Sirius in his tub.
Forty minutes later, he had sketched a beautiful rose. Lots of detailed petals spiraling into the middle, and a few spiked leaves sticking out from underneath. The rose itself seemed to embody the sorrow he knew Sirius was feeling. At that moment, he heard the lever flip to drain the tub, and the sound of Sirius getting out of the bath. Setting the sketchbook on the coffee table, he went into the kitchen to make more tea. 
“Did you draw this?” Came a voice from the living room.
Remus poked his head out and saw Sirius holding the sketchbook.
“Uh, yeah. Did that while you were in the bath.”
“This is it.”
“What do you mean?” Remus asked, entering the living room with two fresh cups of tea.
“This is what I want.” He fixed Remus with a pointed stare. “Will you tattoo this on me?”
“Erm...yeah.” Remus handed him a cup. “We can do it in the morning, yeah?”
“Now.”
“Now?” Remus worried Sirius was feeling a little reckless and not thinking this decision through. “Why don’t we sit and have some tea and talk about it a bit first.” Sirius was undoubtedly feeling emotional, and Remus didn’t want him to let that control his decisions.
Sirius rolled his eyes in a huff and accepted the cup offered to him. “Fine.”
The two men sat, Sirius back on the couch and Remus back in his favorite chair. Remus sipped his tea and studied Sirius over the cup.
He was still staring intently at the drawing. There was an intense fire consumed in his flitting eyes. Remus sensed a recklessness disguised as adrenaline in Sirius.
“I decided...in the bath I decided I wanted to get a tattoo in remembrance of Silas. And when I saw this,” he was still holding and looking at the rose, “I knew this was it. I want it right here.” He placed his right hand over his left chest and shoulder and looked at Remus through misty eyes.
He continued to study Sirius for a long second. If this is what he needs to begin to heal, then I can do it. Remus' heart ached for himself and for Sirius when he finally said, “Ok.”
Sirius gave him a sad smile and closed his eyes. “Thank you, Remus.”
~~~~~
Sirius stayed on Remus' couch that night. James had popped by in the evening to see how he was getting along, and brought him a change of clothes. He also managed to convince Sirius to not be alone at his flat for the night. He was worried about what Sirius might get up to if left to his own devices right now, a concern he shared with Remus. Although Remus never had company. And sort of forgot come morning, that he had a guest on the couch.
Remus’ alarm went off, and he slammed his hand on the button on top. With a tired groan, he hauled himself out of bed. Bleary eyed and wearing only his boxers, he stumbled to the kitchen. He poured himself a glass of water from the tap, paid the Daily Prophet owl, and wandered back through the living room. It was at this moment he noticed the human shaped lump on his couch.
What the...he wondered, squinting at the mass.
One of the eyes of the mass opened. “Remus, the dragon boxers are very flattering, but put on some trousers, mate.”
Remus jumped as the recollection of the prior evening ricocheted around his brain -- Silas death, Sirius bath, James stopped by, Sirius stayed the night -- and he remembered what and why and who was on his couch. Of course, this jump also caused him to spill most of the contents of his water glass all over himself. “Sweet Merlin and Godric damn-it anyway!” He covered the front of his boxers with the newspaper, and side-stepped into the bathroom.
A few minutes later he emerged from the bathroom, thoroughly embarrassed but fully clothed and dry. Which was more than he could say for his overnight guest. Remus stopped in his tracks. Sirius was lounging on his couch wearing only jeans, his feet propped up and ankles crossed...reading a book.
A Wrinkle in Time, Remus read on the cover. One of his favorites, despite it being considered a children’s novel. He found inspiration in it’s ideas of friendship, individuality, courage, and nonconformity.
Finding Sirius relaxing on his couch, and reading his books, however. Well, that made his insides squirm in a way that was not appropriate given the situation and circumstances.
“I see you’ve made yourself at home,” Remus remarked. Casual. Be casual.
Sirius turned a page. “Well, I figured if you’re going to do my tattoo this morning, then there was no point in putting on a shirt.” He looked at Remus with a wide, toothless smirk.
Oh, yeah. While Remus was covered almost head to toe in tattoos to cover his scars, he noticed Sirius had a few specially placed so you’d never know they were there if you never saw him with his shirt off. The one that stood out to him most was on the inside of his left forearm.
“Canis Major,” Remus said.
Sirius moved his hand from holding up his head and held his arm out to examine it. “The star Sirius is right there.” He pointed with a smile. “The Dog Star.”
“How many tattoos do you have?” Remus asked, sitting in his favorite chair. 
“Seven. Today’s will be eight.” Sirius swung his legs down to the floor. “The constellation dog was my first. Then I got this one.” He held up and pointed to the inside of his right bicep. “For my brother, Regulus.” It was the Leo constellation within a lion.
“Then, when Reg died, I got this tribal band.” It was two lines encompassing a band of triangles with every other one flipped.
“The day after James proposed to Lily, I got this one.” He showed the outside of his right bicep, with an intimidating stag surrounded by colorful orange lilies. 
“Then I also got this motorcycle.” He leaned back and showed off the left side of his abs. “I think motorcycles are a brilliant Muggle contraption.”
“And this Gibson guitar head.” It was on the outside of his left bicep. “Shortly after I started learning how to play guitar, and I realized it was going to become a big part of my life.”
“What about the one on your sternum?” Remus was most interested in this one. It was very familiar to him, despite having never seen it on Sirius’ body.
Sirius looked down and touched this tattoo with a chuckle. “Oh. Got this one shortly after leaving Hogwarts.”
“The rest of your tattoos have special meaning though.” This one looked like a weird letter Y with lines through the bottom. He recognized the sign. “What does this one mean?” Does it mean to you what it means to me?
“Ok. So, I’ll tell you, but you have to promise not to freak out.”
“Ok…”
“It’s an amalgamation symbol. It kinda means like...a merger or a mixture.”
Remus could only stare and blink. “Ok…”
Sirius scratched his head with a grin. “Erm...James and I figured out how to become animagi while we were in school. That’s why his tattoo is a stag, because that’s his animagus form.”
What the hell? Remus had been on the edge of his seat throughout this explanation, and at this revelation he fell back. “What?”
“I’m an animagus.”
“And so is James?”
“Yes.”
“No.”
In the time it took Remus to blink, there was a big black dog sitting on his couch where Sirius had been moments before. He jumped. “What the hell?!”
The dog hopped off the couch and padded over to where Remus sat, and looked up at him with great puppy dog eyes. Then in another blink of the eye, Sirius crouched in front of him.
“Let’s go do that tattoo now.” Sirius said with a grin and a slap to Remus' leg.
Next Chapter: Chapter 9
12 notes · View notes
flightfoot · 5 years ago
Text
We’re the Same Ch.3
AO3/FFN
So honestly this chapter should probably be titled "I got distracted by the Lovesquare." Also one of my favorite chapters, because DAMMIT these two are too cute!
Thanks to @mini-minou​ for betaing once again, she was really helpful! (also pretty sure this is one of her favorite chapters so far too.)
Disclaimer: This is a Lovesquare fic, with Identity Reveal, Hawkmoth Reveal, and Hawkmoth Defeat. It is NOT a salt fic.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
“You’re late.”
“We’re not exactly on a time limit, Damian. And I didn’t agree to meet you at a specific time,” Ducard said with a huff.
He narrowed his eyes. “You were only a couple miles away, it should NOT have taken this long for you to arrive.”
“You know what?” Staring at him flatly, she said, “Yes, it shouldn’t have. I took this long because I was buying donuts. But hey, you don’t want any, that’s cool. I’ll just have them all myself.”
Looking at the bag she was carrying, it said “Tom & Sabine Boulangerie Patissiere”.
“I suppose some sustenance is a decent reason for delay,” he stated begrudgingly.
She smirked at him. “I knew you’d see it my way.”
He chose to ignore that. 
While sitting on a rooftop munching donuts, they compared notes.
“The dot disappeared at this bakery,” Ducard told him between bites. “I’d thought that maybe Ladybug had just gone in for a bite to eat and the tracker had fallen off, until I spotted the owners’ daughter, Marinette. She looked a lot like Ladybug – she even had the same hairstyle as her – but she didn’t exude the same air of authority that Ladybug did, so I wasn’t sure it was her.”
“You went invisible and followed her?” Damian said.
Ducard nodded. “I had to be really careful. Her bedroom door is actually a hatch door, you have to climb up a ladder to reach it. Luckily she wasn’t looking behind her while I opened it, and it closed quietly enough that it wasn’t a complete giveaway. She DID look around suspiciously for a moment, but she didn’t discover I was there.”
“I’m guessing she was Ladybug?” 
Ducard nodded. “This little ladybug-like floating magical creature emerged from her purse. They started talking about what happened during our little encounter today, why the Lucky Charm might have said that we were needed here. After listening for a bit, I planted a few bugs and then left while she was in the bathroom.”
She gave him a critical look. “You know, she thought you were pretty rude today. It might not hurt to lighten up a little, be a bit nicer.”
“I don’t do nice,” he huffed.
“I’m just saying, sometimes it helps when needing to work together with others.”
“Hmph.”
Ducard sighed, then changed topics. “So, what did you discover?”
Now it was Damian’s turn to smirk. He told her what he’d found out.
Ducard winced. “Chat’s father is Hawkmoth? Do you think he knows?”
Damian considered. “From what we saw of him, he didn’t SEEM like the type to go along with that… but I haven’t seen much of him yet. He might just be a good actor. Though considering that he’s in love with Ladybug and his reaction to her being in danger, if he DOES know, I doubt that he wants to hurt anyone – especially her.”
“Maybe we should tell him then and see what his reaction is?” Ducard suggested. “He COULD still be a good enough actor to fool both of us, but I doubt it.”
“Oh, we’re going to do more than that,” Damian grinned. “You WERE just talking about working together with others. Ladybug and Chat Noir surprised us. I think it’s time we repaid the favor.”
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
So this wasn’t the only sighting of Robin and his companions.
Adrien sat in his computer chair, looking at various international news stories he’d found. Only a few had clear shots – Robin hadn’t exactly been sticking around for close-ups – but those clear shots were unmistakable. Giant furry red dragon-bat things weren’t exactly common after all.
(Well, that Adrien knew of. Discovering Miraculous and getting acquainted with magic in general had thrown a LOT of old assumptions out the window.)
He’d been right about Robin having disappeared and presumed dead for awhile it seemed, though he’d been back for several months now. He’d have to ask him about that at some point. He certainly HOPED that Robin had just been grounded or something, but looking at news reports of the Batfamily’s behavior just after Robin’s disappearance, he got a sinking feeling.
It wasn’t like he was totally unfamiliar with death, at least of a sort; he’d been caught by akuma numerous times, and not all akuma were benign. He’d never heard the full story of what happened with Timebreaker. But considering that his life apparently depended on defeating her, plus there being a Ladybug from the future but no Chat, he could make an educated guess.
Maybe Robin had just gotten badly injured and came back once he was healed. That might explain why he was gone for so long and why the Batfamily was so violent while he was gone.
He really, REALLY hoped that was the worst of it. It had to be. Right? He’d seen Robin, he looked fine now. What’s the worst thing that could have happened to him?
…Dammit. Don’t think about it.
Ok, changing tack, why would the lucky charm point them towards Robin? He was useful in defeating the akuma, sure, but it was nothing he and Ladybug couldn’t have handled. 
Considering what had happened on Heroes Day, maybe he was needed for some extra backup? Even with their team, they still struggled against Hawkmoth’s onslaught. Their whole team was taken out in minutes! Maybe they needed some more experienced help and that’s why the Lucky Charm indicated that Robin should stay? God he hoped not. 
But… they had no idea why Hawkmoth hadn’t pulled the stunt with releasing hundreds of akuma like that before. He might be able to repeat it, even just this short time later. 
A pit opened in his stomach. That many akumas on a regular basis? Not only would it be incredibly difficult for him and Ladybug to deal with, but the city’s business would grind to a halt. Usually akumas were at least SOMEWHAT localized, so that while one corner of the city was impacted, most of it was left unscathed. Wasn’t always the case, but usually. 
With Scarlet Moth attacking on a regular basis? It would make things a LOT more difficult. People had gotten pretty good at bouncing back, but they had limits to how quickly they could resume business-as-usual after having dodged akumas or been turned into mind-controlled puppets or frozen or knocked out or whatever.
Or perhaps… Batman was sometimes referred to as “The World’s Greatest Detective”. Maybe Robin had inherited some of his investigative prowess? He and Ladybug didn’t even know where to begin in tracking Hawkmoth down, maybe he’d have a better idea? He dealt with some more regular, police-grade crimes in Gotham after all.
He rolled back in his chair, sighing. Well, not much use speculating. He didn’t even know how to find Robin right now anyway. Hopefully the Lucky Charm’s meaning would become obvious later – if not to him, then to Ladybug.
A hand clamped over his mouth and nose, smothering him with some kind of cloth. Reflexively he struggled, attempting to break free. Unfortunately, struggling required oxygen. Which required breathing. Which meant inhaling whatever substance the cloth was covered in...
As his head swam dizzily, he distantly felt his ring be removed.
NO! Plagg…
He had to…
He… had to…
He…
...
Wha-?
Something was in his lap.
Something large.
And warm.
And soft.
Blearily, Adrien cracked open his eyes.
A twin pigtailed head pressed against his chest, face buried in his shirt.
Oh.
This must be a dream.
He pulled Ladybug slightly closer. She moaned and snuggled up to him even more, pushing herself even further into his lap.
As she adjusted, he caught sight of her face and clothing.
Ah.
So Marinette was Ladybug.
Well that explained his weird feelings towards her.
He put an arm around her, holding her close, tucking her beneath his neck.
He frowned as her pigtails dug into him, but was unwilling to dislodge her.
Maribug whined slightly, turning her head upwards and blinking up at him, eyes half-lidded.
“Oh, it’s Adrien,” she mumbled, before laying her head flush against his chest again.
He purred in response. 
“Mm…? Kitty…?” she murmured. “Oh... Adrien is Chat… that makes sense”
He purred harder. He’d dreamed of them finding out each other’s identities many times before, but this? This was his new favorite.
“Hey Adrichat,” she mumbled against his chest. “Did you know I love you? I’ve wanted to tell you so many times, but I never could. Get a hamster with me?”
He smiled. Yep, DEFINITELY a dream, but damn it was a good one. No way was he this lucky. She even wanted a pet hamster like he did!
“Of course, milady.” He yawned. “We’ll… we’ll name it-“
 “You’re awake. FINALLY,” a boy’s voice called, tinged with exasperation.
Adrien frowned. Nope, he did not want to wake up right now. His sweet little Maribug was cuddled in his arms and she’d just confirmed that she loved him. School could wait. Photoshoots could wait. AKUMAS could wait. He just wanted to be with her, even if this was just a figment of his imagination. At least let him have this!
Evidently Maribug agreed. She cracked open one eye again, glaring at the boy – Robin apparently, Adrien guessed that his subconscious had wanted to work in the encounter from earlier in the day – and she glared at him as ferociously as was possible while half-asleep and cuddled in a boy’s arms. 
“No.” she stated firmly. “Adrichat cuddles now. Wake up later.”
Robin let out a frustrated grunt. “You two are ALREADY awake. Now get up, I have important information for both of you.”
Well this figment of Adrien’s imagination was persistent. Really though, did his mind think it could fool itself? …Maybe shouldn’t think about that too hard.
“Nuh uh,” Adrien said, lips pursed in a pout, then turned his attention back to Maribug. Ah, she smelled like cookies. How had he never noticed before that Marinette and Ladybug had the same scent? …Then again, he didn’t get a lot of chances to smell Marinette. That would be weird. And in the waking world maybe they DIDN’T share a scent.
After all, just because Marinette was Ladybug in the dream world, that didn’t mean they really were the same person in reality.
He frowned. He really, REALLY wished this dream was true.
“I did not knock you out this hard,” Robin said.
Adrien ignored the manifestation of his responsibilities that had apparently taken Robin’s form. Dammit, he could get up LATER, he could survive being late to school, Plagg could survive waiting a little bit longer for cheese, whatever the reason a portion of his mind was trying to get him to stop cuddling with the love of his life, it could wait..
As her pigtails collided with his neck again, Maribug’s eyes drooped slightly open. “Hair ties,” she mumbled quietly. “Take off.” She attempted to raise an arm towards her head, but dropped it after only getting it a few inches off the ground, evidently too exhausted to do more than that.
She wanted her hair ties out? Well, who was Adrien to refuse? 
Luckily he didn’t have to move his arm as far as she did. It meant temporarily shifting his right arm so that he was no longer fully cuddling her with it, but it was a small sacrifice to heed His Lady’s request.
Slowly he worked one of her hair ties out of her hair, then shifted again to reach the other one. It took a bit of work, but he managed it.
“That’s it, you two are getting up,” Robin growled, starting towards them.
Both Maribug and Adrien let out unhappy noises, Maribug cracking open her eyes temporarily to join Adrien in death-glaring him. 
Robin didn’t get very far. The girl next to him caught Robin by the arm. Oh yeah, there was a girl there. Had she always been there, or did Adrien’s mind insert her just now and pretended that she’d always been there? Oh who cared, it was all a dream anyway
“Wait, maybe hold off on getting them up just yet?” she pleaded.
Adrien silently cheered. YES, his mind must have created a counterpart to push back against the manifestation of his responsibilities, one that didn’t require him to stop cuddling with his little bug!
He glanced down at her, snuggled up in his arms. His eyes blew open.
Her hair poofed out from both sides of her head, finally free of the hair ties’ confinement. Gently, he ran his fingers through her hair, the silky smooth strands easily slipping between his fingers. Maribug closed her eyes and snuggled up even closer to him, making a small noise of contentment. 
He HAD to be dreaming – no way beauty this radiant could exist in the real world. Though if it could, of course Maribug would possess it. 
“Why should I?” Adrien heard Robin say belligerently. He paid him no mind. Hopefully that girl would stop him, and if not, he wanted to enjoy what little time he had in this fantasy while he could. “We should do this as quickly as possible.”
The girl – Adrien vaguely remembered fighting her that afternoon, he guessed that his mind was trying to compensate for that by making her into his defender – let out a loud sigh. “Look they’re pretty exhausted, especially Marinette. They’re gonna be useless until they get some more rest anyway, and they need to be at the top of their game for what comes next. Waking them up now is going to cause us to need to delay more.”
Robin was silent for a moment, then grunted. “FINE. Two hours, and then they’re getting up if I have to hang them upside down from a building.”
Adrien silently cheered. He could stay snuggled with Maribug forever, but he could make do with two more hours.
His eyes started drooping once more. He rested his head against hers and slipped back into unconsciousness.
  …
Adrien blinked his eyes open. That had been a NICE nap. He’d needed that. Such a nice dream too, he’d have to write that one down! 
Wait.
He didn’t remember going to bed.
Looking around, he processed his surroundings.
 It looked like he was high up, open sky above him.
Rooftop. I’m on a rooftop.
It seemed an awful lot like his dream.
This weight on his chest…
He glanced down, his heart skipping a beat
Marinette lay against his chest, snuggling up with him just like in the dream, her long, unrestrained hair running down her back.
It wasn’t a dream.
…It wasn’t a dream.
IT. WAS. NOT. A. DREAM.
His heart went from skipping to jackhammering.
In his dream, Marinette was Ladybug.
In his dream, she’d figured out that he was Chat Noir.
In his dream, she’d loved him. Had for awhile.
And this wasn’t a dream.
Mouth dry, he nudged her. “Ladybug?”
“Mm?” she blinked up at him groggily. “What?”
She glanced around.
Processed for three seconds.
Then jumped up.
“Wait, WHERE- WHAT- HOW did we get here?! What’s going on! Last thing I remember…”
She froze. Her voice went up an octave. In a strained voice she asked, “That dream… where you were Chat Noir and we were going to get a hamster together… that wasn’t a dream, was it?”
He stifled a laugh. “Afraid not, Milady.”
The noise that came out of her mouth wasn’t something he’d ever heard emerge from a human’s mouth before, just this weird shriek-groan-chirruping-laugh mix.
Huh. Maybe that was like a noise that ladybugs would make when translated to human? Not like he hadn’t made his share of cat noises. His purring was what gave him away, after all.
And then it kept on going. And going.
She had an impressive set of lungs. 
“Are… you okay?” he asked hesitantly. He’d been thrilled when he realized that she was Ladybug, but not surprised. She’d always reminded him a bit of Ladybug, and his calling her an “Everyday Ladybug” a few weeks ago was just him acknowledging that.
As soon as it crossed his mind in the not-dream, everything just clicked. 
To an outsider it might seem like Marinette and Ladybug were pretty different, but being close to her on both sides of the mask, Adrien knew differently.
Marinette came off as shy, hesitant, and anxious a lot of the time – and that wasn’t wrong.
Ladybug stood as a brave, shining icon to confidence, heroism, and ingenuity, standing up to Hawkmoth and telling him “No, you’re wrong!” When she promised to protect Paris, she said  it with such confidence that one couldn’t help but believe in her. She could take the most mundane object and turn it into the centerpiece of an insane plan, plans that honestly made his head hurt just trying to figure out how she came up with them.
But Marinette could ALSO be confident, heroic, and ingenious. He still remembered when she helped to take down Evillustrator-
Oh. So THAT was the secret mission Ladybug was on. No wonder she couldn’t tell him.
Marinette had helped save them both, figuring out how to use his staff to free them both from the akuma’s imprisonment. She’d taken charge and won the class election with a rousing speech, and DAMN had she stepped up to the plate as Class President. Without her, Marc and Nathaneal may never have gotten together, much less have merged their talents to create a comic book for everyone to enjoy. Without her, Chloe might never have reconciled with her mother.. 
But while he KNEW how awesome Marinette was, in and out of the mask, he also knew how vulnerable she could be. Those first two days as Ladybug she seemed unsure of herself, of what she was doing and whether she was good enough. And a few days ago during Heroes Day, she’d doubted for a moment about whether they could win when faced with such daunting odds. 
He knew the Hero of Paris, the Class President who always had a solution for everything… but he knew the girl beneath those too. She could get upset, angry, sad, and be uncertain. They’d laughed, cried, and commiserated together when things went wrong.
Come to think of it… when she was talking about heartbreak as Marinette, and telling him about the boy she loved as Ladybug… while half-asleep she’d mumbled about how she was in love with him, had tried to tell him so many times.
He- he was the boy she loved?
The boy she kept turning him down for… was himself?
He let out a groan. Plagg must’ve been laughing his furry little butt off about this.
Wait… where was Plagg?
He glanced down at his hands.
His ring was missing.
Oh no. Oh GOD no.
“MILADY!” he cried out, half-panicked.
That broke her out of the strange frozen-shrieking state she’d been in for the past minute.
“Cha- Adri- whatever I call you, WHAT? I don’t think I can handle any more surprises! I still haven’t wrapped my brain around this one!”
He’d love to oblige her. He really would. But… “Marinette… where are your earrings?”
Her pupils shrank, her eyes bulging out. Her hands flew to her ears.
There was nothing but smooth skin.
“NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO!” she yelled, growing higher-pitched and more panicked with every word. “HAWKMOTH MUST’VE KIDNAPPED US AND HE HAS BOTH MIRACULOUS AND HE’LL MAKE THE WISH AND TAKE OVER THE WORLD!”
Maybe he would. Maybe he wouldn’t. But right now, his partner, his closest friend, the love of his life and the most amazing person he’d ever known was his first priority.
Stepping towards her, he wrapped her in a hug, squeezing her tightly. She tensed for a moment, then relaxed, hugging him back. He rubbed circles on her back in the hopes that the stimulation would calm her down further. He hated seeing her in distress.
“The world hasn’t been destroyed yet,” he mumbled into her hair. “That means we still have a chance. And even without your Miraculous, you’re incredible, milady. Between the two of us, we’ll figure it out. Just you and me against the world.”
She gave a little choking-sobbing laugh, but at least she WAS laughing now. They’d be alright. As bad a situation as it was, they were together and free. And together? Together there wasn’t a force on the world that could stop them.
“You two are the most sickly sweet couple I have ever seen,” a boy’s voice said.
Adrien and Marinette’s heads whipped around to face the voice. Robin stood in front of them, arms crossed, looking grumpy.
So business as usual then.
Wait… Robin had been in his dream. At the time he thought that he was a figment of his imagination, but if the REST of it was real…
Marinette evidently had the same thought. “What are you doing here?” she asked suspiciously. 
Robin glared at her. “I acquired both you and Chat because I came across some important information. But both of you just REFUSED to wake up. Seriously, it’s been two hours, how were you still that out of it?! I know I dosed Adrien correctly at least.”
A girl materialized beside him. Like, actually materialized. One moment there was empty space, and the next the girl who’d been with Robin when they’d met before just kind of appeared. Maybe she could turn invisible? Either that or teleport. “Hey! I dosed Marinette correctly too! They must just have been really, REALLY tired.”
“YOU TWO WERE THE ONES WHO KIDNAPPED US?!” Marinette exploded. “WHY- HOW- THAT’S TERRIBLE!”
Adrien tensed beside Marinette. She seemed to be handling the yelling-at-Robin bit fine on her own, but if she needed protecting, he had to be ready. He wasn’t sure what he could do against Robin and his friend without powers, but he had to try. No way was he letting her get hurt. Not when he could prevent it.
Robin seemed unfazed. “It didn’t harm you. You’re both fine. You two need more training though. I expected at least a LITTLE resistance, but neither of you managed to lay a hand on either me or Ducard. It was pretty pathetic.”
Adrien hissed. Calling him pathetic? He didn’t like it, but fine. His father had implied it often enough. He was used to it. Calling MARINETTE pathetic? No.
Marinette’s eyes widened in realization. “Wait… you were the ones who kidnapped us… WHAT DID YOU DO WITH PLAGG AND TIKKI?!”
Robin blinked. “Plagg and Tikki? I’m guessing those are the small beings that were hanging around you two. I haven’t done anything to them. They disappeared when I took your Miraculous.”
“GIVE. THEM. BACK,” he and Marinette growled in unison. 
Damian opened one hand, showing them the Ladybug earrings and the Black Cat ring.
The boy gave a shit-eating grin. “You want them back? Show me what you’ve got.”
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I remember when writing this chapter, I went "Okay, how can I have Damian meet up with both Adrien and Marinette and facilitate an identity reveal without either of them protesting or getting out of it? And what would this whole conversation with them be like here? How would he persuade them to come with him?" And I was stuck.
Then I remembered how he assembled the Teen Titans. By tazing, gassing, or otherwise knocking out each of them, kidnapping them, and stringing them up in the restraining device from The Incredibles (no, seriously. I checked. It's identical, from the wheels on the side, to the lightning arcing everywhere, to the sphere constraints around to the hands, to even the electrocution capabilities if the prisoners get too feisty.) 
Tumblr media
So I went "that works!". But with something a lot less severe, since
A. such severe measures weren't needed, with them being ordinary civilians without their Miraculous. They weren't gonna escape super easily.
and
B. I wasn't gonna do that to either of them. I didn't want someone who was supposed to be "good" to hurt them, plus they probably wouldn't be willing to work with him at ALL if he really hurt their partner.
Yeah, I love Damian, but there's a reason he has a reputation as a jerk. He's just not JUST a jerk, there's a lot more to him, especially when you look into his reasons and mentality.
43 notes · View notes
authorgirl1111 · 4 years ago
Text
A/N Hey. New chapter hope you enjoy it!
Cut into multiple parts because the actual chapter was like 30+ pages. Hopefully the rest of the chapters won't be that long.
Question: Would you all prefer to have long chapters given to you in one update or cut up into smaller segments? Let me know.
Disclaimer: I do not own Buffy
Chapter 2 part 1: Meeting the Slayer
Meeting the Slayer Part 1
Buffy nodded absentmindedly as Xander and Willow talked about how they buried The Master's bones before she turned back to Xander. "Anything else?" She asked desperate to get as far away from the topic of the Master and last May as possible.
"Outside of that the only other thing of interest was someone ran over the 'Welcome to Sunnydale" sign last week," Xander said with a shrug. "Should have seen it, the thing looked totaled."
"Oh yeah, I noticed that while we were driving in," Buffy said as they walked along. "What happened?"
"Dunno. happened sometime during the night, the running theory is that someone got tired and weren't being as careful as they should have been."
"They find out who did it?" Buffy asked looking straight ahead.
"If they did the police are keeping quiet," Willow said. "You don't think it could be vampires, do you?"
Buffy sighed. "I don't think so," She said. "You said it was a week ago? Most vamps don't wait a week to start creating carnage. You did say the vampire we just fought was the only one seen all summer." She stepped away suddenly tired and desperate to be as far away from the subject of vampires as possible. "Well, I should probably get home, clothes won't unpack themselves."
"Oh," Willow said looking a bit upset. "Well ok then see you."
"Oh, come on," Xander said. "Unpacking can wait an hour or so can't it?"
Buffy shook her head. "Not this time." She said.
"You should at the least contact Mr. Giles about the vampire," Willow said.
Buffy scrunched up her nose. "I'll see him in school." She said before she walked off.
The dream wasn't a cohesive narrative. Just a wave of images she couldn't stop, and Aisling in the center trying so hard to ride the wave and fighting against the need to just push them away.
Aisling could only hear, and feel, and see snippets as all the memories rushed past. Throughout the sequence, the same verse of a song she had never wanted to hear again played itself over and over.
Fire, so much fire- unable to get out-
"Go mbristear do chosa, do chosa-
"Close your eyes Aisling."
"Go mbristear do chosa bean Pháidín-
"Release him- "
"Go mbristear do chosa, do chosa-
The sounds of bones cracking-
"Go mbristear do chosa 's "do chnámha-
"Precious doll- "
"Go mbristear do chosa, do chosa-
The flash of steel, a cut wrist-
"Go mbristear do chosa bean Pháidín-
Blood, so much blood
"Go mbristear do chosa, do chosa-
"They're dead Bit"
"Go mbristear do chosa 's do chnámha-
Carrying her father to their hotel as he bled from his wounds-
Over and over and over again they played in her head, snippets of the worst moments of her life, with that song playing in the background. As the images and sensations passed by her and the song replayed its final verse (Her favourite verse) curled in on herself and covered her ears and shut her eyes, waiting for it all to end.
***
Aisling opened her eyes as she shot up from the bed. She looked around, and took a deep breath, and put a hand on her heart.
It was racing. She winced her dad might have been severely weakened from Prague, but his five senses were still so much more superior than hers. She took a deep breath and tried to will her heart rate to slow down.
When she was confident that her heart was beating at such a rate that her father wouldn't ask questions, she pulled off her covers and slid out of bed.
She shook her head trying to clear her head of the dream, her therapist had told her that change could bring back the nightmares and a change that was brought about by a traumatic event would make it all the worse. She'd dealt with this before, she'd had to move because of dangers before, she could handle this now-
Knowing that did not make her feel better and didn't stop her from focusing on the fact that it was different now. Her father had never been so severely injured before. If something went wrong; if her name on the rental agreement wasn't enough to keep vampires out…
"Princess?" Spike called through her closed door.
Aisling jumped and turned her head she hadn't realized that she hadn't moved. "Yea?" She asked crossing her arms.
"Can I come in?"
Aisling turned toward the windows in time to see the sunrise. "Wait!" She called climbing over her bed and hurried to the window. For a moment she took a second to stare at the sunrise before she pulled the curtains as hard as she could over the windows. When she was satisfied that no sunlight could get through, she walked toward the door and opened it. "Hey, da'."
Spike's stood on the other side of her room his eyes lingered for a moment on the three scars that ran down the length of her arm. She looked down.
"Your heart rate spiked – twice." He said. "Are you ok?"
"First day o' school," Aisling said attempting to wave him off. Her accent had lessened over the years, but it still came out on occasion "You know how it is."
Spike leaned against her door frame. "Are you sure?"
Aisling stared up at Spike and looked away. "Yea."
Spike stared down at her for a long moment. "You know you don't have to pretend with me, right?"
Aisling shrugged. "I had a nightmare – but I'm fine. I get them every time I change schools. It's… fine." Inwardly Aisling winced at the repetition.
Spike raised his eyebrow, which emphasized the scar on his left eyebrow. "Is that right?" He asked.
"Yea," Aisling said. "I need to shower." She said walking over to the wardrobe and pulling out her housecoat. "Can you move?"
Spike rolled his eyes and moved out of the way. "Don't think we're done talking about this missy."
"There's nothin' to talk about," Aisling said. "And shouldn't you be restin'?" She asked.
"I'm fine at the mo'," Spike said.
"Uh-huh," Aisling said. "And you accuse me o' pretendin'?"
Spike glared at her. "Just- just go take your shower.
Aisling laughed before she disappeared into the bathroom.
***
An hour later, she exited her room, her curly black hair was tied back in a ponytail, her nails painted almost blood red. Her clothing consisted of dark blue jeans and a white tank top. Her large round dark blue eyes stared up at him questioningly.
"You look good," Spike said taking a sip from his cup of warmed blood.
Aisling smiled her-the corners of her lips turning upward. "Thanks, Da'" She said softly.
Spike smiled and walked forward and kissed her on the forehead. "You're welcome." He straightened and turned toward the kitchen. "Now have some breakfast, I'd rather not have your first day of school be ruined because you fainted after not havin' eaten."
Aisling chuckled and shook her head. "I've gone without it before," Aisling said as she went to sit at the kitchen table. "It's not a problem."
Spike sighed as poured out some cereal and some milk into a bowl and slid it over to Aisling.
"Eat, and don't forget your meds."
"Aye aye," Aisling said as she scarfed down her breakfast. When her bowl was empty she pushed it away and stood and left to the bathroom to take her meds.
The minute Aisling was out of sight he dropped his head onto his arms suddenly tired.
Or, well, no it wasn't sudden, he'd been feeling tired since Aisling entered the kitchen, but he hadn't wanted her to worry.
He wanted to drive her to school this morning – first day and all that, but now he didn't know if had the strength to make it downstairs, let alone drive Aisling to school.
He didn't know how long he was like that when he felt someone's hands on his upper arms.
"Come on," Aisling said gently pulling him up. "Bed."
"I'm fine Ash."
Aisling nodded and smiled softly. "It's fine, I promise."
"It's tradition," Spike argued.
Aisling sighed. "I know, but this isn't my last year of school, there is always next year. Besides, you and I both know that you aren't a stickler for tradition anyway."
Spike sighed. "It's different when it's you."
Aisling squeezed his arm. "Rest, I wanted to walk to school today anyway."
"Alright." Spike gave in. "I do love you, Princess."
Aisling leaned forward and they both kissed each other on the cheek. "See you later," Aisling said waving as she walked away. "Get some rest."
***
Finding the school wasn't hard. She had seen it several times over the past week as she explored the town. She knew exactly where she had to go to get there even if she had chosen to walk.
The problem however was finding her way into the principal's office. She had no idea where it was and the school had called her on Friday to let her know that she had to be at the office to pick up her schedule, documents that needed to be signed, and that the principal wanted to have a word with her.
Aisling had a feeling the principal wanted to talk to her about the number of schools she'd been to. He wouldn't be the first principle concerned over the number of times she'd had to move around.
Still, the class was gonna start soon and she still had no idea how to find the office. She looked around for someone to ask and spotted a girl with long brown hair and bangs held back with a hair clip. She had on a light blue sleeveless shirt with a white and black striped skirt and white heeled shoes.
Given the confidence, she was exhibiting it suggested that she was the alpha especially with the way all the other girls were hanging off her every word. She straightened the black leather jacket that she was wearing fixed her hair took a deep breath and walked forward as confidently as she could.
"Art and buildings? I was totally beachless for a month and a half. No one has suffered like I have. Of course, I think that that kind of adversity builds character-" She heard the girl say as she walked up to her.
"Uh 'scuse me?" Aisling said with a light wave. "Sorry to interrupt but I'm completely lost."
Aisling could feel herself getting measured as the resident alpha looked her up and down.
"Nice shoes." The girl said sounding vaguely impressed. "And that leather jacket is tres chic."
Aisling couldn't hear any lies in her tone and decided to take her at her word. "Thanks. Sorry for interrupting, but I'm lost, and I desperately need to find the office to get my schedule and papers to be signed." She said, "I'm Aisling by the way, I'm new."
"Sure…" The girl said before she started rattling off directions. Then her eyes caught hold of someone a couple of feet away. Aisling turned her head to see who Cordelia was staring at and saw a man with dark hair and a receding hairline, who appeared to be about as tall as Aisling and kind of reminded her of a Ferengi. "Or you could just talk to Principal Snyder there," Cordelia said pointing off.
"Ah," Aisling said. "looks strict."
"Yeah, word of warning, he hates students." She said her voice low to avoid being heard.
"Like bad at hiding, he hates students, or gleefully lets everyone knows he hates students?" Aisling said her voice equally low.
"Leaning towards that second one." The brown-haired girl said.
Aisling pursed her lips and nodded. "Ah, might as well get this out of the way, thanks," She said starting to walk off then she paused and turned back around. "I'm sorry I didn't quite catch your name."
"Cordelia Chase." The brunette said with a wave. "See you around."
"You too."
***
"Might as well be talking to myself," Snyder said Aisling watched as two adults walked away from him and had to bite her lip from chuckling.
"Principal Snyder?" Aisling stepped in with a smile. "I'm Aisling-"
Snyder glared at her and Aisling found her smile wilting.
"Can't you see I'm-" Snyder said turning around and noticing that Mr. Giles was nowhere to be seen. "Talking to someone…"
"My apologies," Aisling said bowing her head slightly. "But I was told that before I head to my first class this morning, I had a meeting with the principal. Who, I was told, is you."
"Least you aren't transferring halfway through the year," Snyder said walking away from her, Aisling walked up after him. "Unlike another troublemaker student."
Aisling wisely kept her mouth shut.
Snyder walked ahead of her, occasionally pulling students out and warning them to 'spit out that gum', 'tuck in that shirt', and at least once to 'stop laughing.'
Oh yeah. Aisling thought sarcastically. This is gonna be fun.
Snyder led her through the school to the principal's office and opened the door and lead her through it.
"I see you've moved schools quite a few times, Miss Pratt." Principal Snyder said when she entered.
"I have." Aisling nodded.
Snyder narrowed his eyes at her. "Any particular reason why?"
Aisling shrugged. Cause I live with a vampire who hunts demons for a living?
"Dad and I don't like being tied down to one place for too long," Aisling said giving the usual answer she gave when asked that question.
Snyder's eyes narrowed. "I can sense you're a troublemaker, Miss Pratt," Snyder said leaning forward over her file. "I don't like having troublemakers in my school. Since there's nothing in your record that suggests delinquency I'll just have to settle with letting you know that I'll be watching you very closely – understand?"
Aisling bit the inside of her cheek to keep from losing her temper.
"Now Ais-ling," Snyder said with a slightly smug smile. "Anything to say before you pick up your schedule?"
Aisling fought demons, vampires, and entire mobs of human beings. Principal Snyder in comparison was a small man, who liked acting tough to compensate for his small demeanour.
Still. Getting kicked out of school on the first day was not a great way to start the school year.
"No Sir." Aisling said paused and then decided 'screw it'. "Except, really – it's pronounced Ash-ling." She said before she jumped out of her seat and ran out the door before Snyder had a chance to yell at her.
***
Buffy sighed as she sat in class vaguely aware of the new student that walked into class and sat just in front of her after having spoken to the teacher for a moment.
"Hey." The girl said her hand outstretched. "I'm Aisling; I'm new." She had a slight accent that Buffy had trouble placing.
Buffy forced a smile on her face. "I'm Buffy." She said taking the proffered hand.
Aisling's eyes became questioning before she sat turned to pay attention to class.
Buffy tried to pay attention to class like the good student she was supposed to be, but she found herself without the energy, her mind constantly drifting to other topics. Memories and feelings that she didn't need or want, but still they came at the most inopportune time.
For the entire day, she found herself unable to concentrate only barely able to be present when Ashlyn-or whatever her name was-asked her a question about the assignment the teacher had set, as well as a question about where the library was located.
She could tell that the newbie was aware that she was distracted but outside of giving a fake smile there wasn't anything else Buffy was willing to do to prove that she was fine.
So instead, she did something else – she tried to alleviate her feelings by forcing herself to think about something else.
"So…" She said "Newbie huh? Where from?" Buffy asked after class as the new girl walked along beside her. Willow and Xander keeping pace on the other side.
"Well, I was born in Ireland," Aisling said indirectly telling Buffy where her accent was from. "But I've lived in America for years, recently moved here from Los Vegas."
Xander chuckled. "That must have been interesting."
"What did your parents do there?" Willow asked curiously.
"My dad's a private contractor and a writer," Aisling said with a smile.
"So, he doesn't work in a casino," Willow asked.
Aisling rolled her eyes. "No, though he has gone there from time to time to play poker."
"Your dad a big gambler?" Xander asked.
Willow's eyes widened and hissed "Xander!" In a low shocked voice.
Aisling shrugged. "He likes to play, and he's good." She said then smiled gently. "He's responsible."
"That's good," Buffy said distractedly.
"Everything alright?" Aisling asked turning her attention to Buffy. "You seem…" Aisling looked around trying to find the right word.
Buffy jumped and turned around. "Oh – yeah." Buffy scoffed waving her hand. "I'm fine."
Aisling sighed and put a hand on her shoulder. "Rough summer?"
"No! No…" Buffy winced at her defensive nature "Is it that obvious?"
Aisling smiled sympathetically. "Me too," Aisling said. "Dad got awful hurt while the two of us were vacationing. Ended up having to cut our vacation short."
"Sorry to hear that," Buffy said. "Is he better?"
"What happened?" Xander asked.
"Took a bad fall." Aisling said before changing the subject. "Do you know where the computer science room is? It's my next class."
"Oh yeah, Willow takes that class," Buffy said pointing to Willow.
"You a computer whiz?" Willow asked brightly.
"Oh no, but it can't hurt to learn how to use them," Aisling said waving toward Willow. "Get the feeling that knowing how to use them is going to beneficial in the future."
Willow stepped forward. "Well, I can show you where it is!" Then she became hesitant. "That is- if you want me to?"
Aisling smiled and linked arms with Willow. "Please, newbie here, any help given to me by anyone would be welcome. Especially after the lecture, I got by Snyder just before class."
"Lecture?" Xander stepped in Buffy herself leaned over intrigued. "Ooh, what happened?"
"He… was concerned over the number of schools I'd been to in the last few years," Aisling said. "Thinks I'm a troublemaker, just because I've moved around a lot." Aisling rolled her eyes.
"Moved around a lot?"
Aisling nodded. "Yeah, Born in Ireland, moved to America when I was around 8, and dad moved us around. Neither of us like being in one place for too long."
"Ireland?" Buffy asked. "Guy I know's from Ireland."
Aisling looked impressed. "Fellow Mick huh? He go to school here?"
Buffy paused and suddenly looked as though she wished she'd never brought it up. "Uh No. He doesn't. So anyway Ireland huh? That must be fun."
Aisling nodded. "It is. Dad and I go back there every other summer, was supposed to go there this summer, but I changed my mind last minute," Aisling said, Buffy vaguely noticed that Aisling's eyes went slightly distant at that, but before Buffy could even think to comment on it, Aisling shook her head and continued. "We take turns choosing summer vacation destinations every year. I usually choose Ireland, but decided on Prague…" She paused and looked around at everyone staring at her "and I accidentally revealed that dad and I have a lot more money than most people, here didn't I?" Buffy wondered what the look on her face must have been because Aisling immediately looked uncomfortable. Buffy tried to smooth out her features.
"Only by the fact that you can apparently afford to leave the country every summer," Xander said with a sarcastic grin.
Aisling winced.
"It's fine." Willow jumped in. "Not unless you're the type to flaunt it, like a certain queen bee we know."
"Cordelia Chase?" Aisling asked. "Met her before class, she pointed out Snyder to me."
"Be warned she'll only put up with you until you threaten her status – then she'll drop you like a hot potato."
"Yeah, I've been to enough schools to know how most Queen Bees work," Aisling said. "The last school I went to, her daddy owned one of the top casinos in the Strip… and was a major benefactor to the school, needless to say, that girl was the walking definition of untouchable."
The bell rang.
"Shoot," Willow said linking arms with Aisling. "We're late, we gotta go, Bye Buffy, bye Xander." She said before she hurried off with Aisling.
"Uh bye!" Aisling said as Willow ran off with Aisling in tow. "See you later!"
"Bye!" Buffy said waving as Willow and Aisling hurried off.
***
"So… I hate the principal." Aisling said into her phone as she sat outside during Lunch a half-eaten sandwich in her hand. "But other than that…"
Aisling heard a tired chuckle on the other line. "You've had bad principals before. We're generally able to sort them out by Parent-Teacher Night."
"Yeah, but their hatred of kids and teens wasn't so… blatant. It's both refreshing and weird." Aisling said taking a bite out of her sandwich deciding not to bring up if Spike would even be well enough to head out to PT night.
"You alright?"
Aisling nodded her mouth full of food that she quickly swallowed. "Yeah, I can handle an awful principal."
"Good," Spike said. "I mean not good but…"
Aisling chuckled. "I know. It's fine, I only need to worry if I get sent down, and I'm really good at not having that happen."
"Just be careful, alright? You're over a Hellmouth. It's not just students and teachers you have to worry about."
"I know," Aisling said taking a bite out of her sandwich. "I have lived on one before y'know."
"Don't remind me." This time Spike sounded bitter.
"Wasn't so bad," Aisling said. "Can confidently say that I have, in fact, lived through much worse."
"Amazingly, that's doesn't make me feel any better." Aisling could almost hear Spike rolling his eyes at her.
"Aisling!" Aisling looked up as she saw Buffy, Xander, and Willow walking toward her. She smiled and waved as the three walked toward her.
"Who was that?" Spike asked.
"Just some people I met in class," Aisling said. "I Gotta go. Try to get some rest. I'll see you when I get home alright?"
"Your making friends?" Spike sounded almost thrilled at the idea.
Aisling rolled her eyes, for a vampire her father could get so weird about the most human things. "Possibly, I'm not sure. I gotta go, I'll tell you more when I get home."
"Fine," Spike said. "I love you, princess, alright?"
Aisling smiled. "I'll talk to you later." She said just as the three students walked up to her.
"Love you."
"Love you too," Aisling said before she flicked her phone closed. She looked up and smiled at the three of them. "Fancy meetin' you here." She said. "What can I do for ya?"
"Sitting by yourself is no fun on your first day," Willow said sitting beside her. "Thought we'd keep you company."
"Oh, thanks! It was no trouble." Aisling said with a smile. "Just thought I'd call my dad let him know how my day was going."
"You two must be close." Xander said.
Aisling smiled and looked down. "Yeah, his work keeps him busy but when he's home he does his best to make sure that we spend as much time together as we can." She said with a shrug.
"So, what did you think of Miss Calendar?" Willow asked. "Pretty cool huh?"
"Yeah, she is," Aisling agreed, taking another bite of her sandwich. She looked at Buffy who looked like she was starting to Space out. "What about you Buffy?"
Buffy turned to Aisling her eyes wide. "What?"
"Your day, how was it?" Aisling asked with a small smile.
"Uh" Buffy gave a one-shoulder half shrug. "It was fine."
Aisling nodded. "So, have anything decent to do in this town?"
"There's this nightclub called the Bronze." Willow cut in with a smile. "Club let's just about anyone in, everyone goes there."
"Nightclub?" Aisling said.
"Yeah, that's not a problem is it?"
Aisling shrugged and took another bite of her sandwich. "Music any good?"
"Oh yeah, the Bronze does live music almost every other night," Willow said eagerly. "You should check it out one of these nights."
Aisling shrugged. "Maybe."
***
"Sorry!" Aisling said into her cell. "I'll be out in a few minutes, I just wanted to check out a couple of books for English."
"What books?" Spike asked.
"Uh- shoot." Aisling cursed as she realized she forgot what the booklist was. Aisling pulled the list out of her book bag. "Pride and Prejudice, Lord of the Flies, Wuthering Heights…"
"We have Pride and Prejudice, so you don't need to bother checking that one out," Spike said.
"I remember," Aisling said. "The other two, however-"
"I can wait," Spike said. "See you later, Bit."
"See you," Aisling said closing the phone.
The Library wasn't too hard to find once she'd stopped and asked Cordelia where it was. She found Cordelia to be a little tactless but not overtly off-putting in her help
She opened the double doors and walked into a middle-aged man and a blonde girl in a tank top and leggings, the girl was doing flips and jumps over the room. Aisling was mildly concerned that the books would be destroyed but given the middle-aged man didn't seem concerned over the books, she had to assume that it was a common occurrence.
Aisling coughed to get their attention and the blonde immediately stopped her gymnastic routine while the middle-aged stood straighter at seeing her there. The blonde girl turned her head and Aisling immediately recognized her as Buffy.
"Yes?" The man asked stepping forward.
"Sorry." Aisling said, "I needed to borrow a few books for class-though I can come back early tomorrow instead."
"No, no." The man said. "It's fine I'm Mr. Giles the Librarian, what books did you need to get?"
"Wuthering Heights and Lord of the Flies" Aisling rattled off.
Giles pointed off to a nearby bookshelf. "They should be there."
"Thank you," Aisling said, she turned to the blonde. "Hey, Buffy." She said waving slightly.
"Hey, Aisling," Buffy said.
"So… any reason you're working out in a library, instead of the gym?" Aisling asked as she made her way to the bookshelf.
"More private," Buffy said a little too quickly. "No one comes in here." Her eyes widened and she turned to Aisling. "Uh… you know regularly."
"Hmm," Aisling said as she looked around the bookshelf and smiled when she found what she was looking for. She grabbed the two books off the shelves they had been standing on and smiled as she turned to Buffy.
"How was the rest of your day?" Buffy asked.
"It was fine," Aisling said. "Very little homework, but that's to be expected for the first day of school, right?" Aisling's eyes caught the sight of another book and she gasped and grabbed it.
"Emily Dickinson?" Buffy said. "Someone I dated, once, liked her."
"Yeah, I like her rhythm… as well as listening to my da' rant about how… American she is.
Though honestly, I don't get it… he likes her poetry too."
"American?"
Aisling paused and smiled. "Yeah, my da' was born in London."
"Ahh," Buffy said. "So, your Irish-English?"
Aisling shrugged. "I'm adopted."
Buffy's eyes widened. "Oh, I'm sorry."
Aisling shook her head. "It was a long time ago," She said softly.
"Still…" Buffy said. "Can't have been easy."
"You have no idea," Aisling said. "But what in this life is?"
Aisling handed the books to Mr. Giles. "London, right?"
"Yes. How did you-"
Aisling smiled. "My dad was born and raised in London too."
Giles nodded and finished checking out the books for Aisling and handed them back to her.
"Nice to meet you Aisling."
Aisling smiled and nodded she turned to Buffy. "See you." She said before she hurried out the door.
***
Aisling saw the black Desoto as she made her way off school property. She stared for a moment before she smiled and shook her head and walked toward the car.
Aisling knocked on the window, she watched through the darkened windows for Spike to cover himself with the blanket. When she was confident, he was sufficiently covered she quickly opened the door entered and closed it.
Spike removed the blanket and tossed it into the backseat. "How was school?"
"Fine," Aisling said tossing her backpack in the backseat. "Met some interesting people… specifically this one blonde girl."
"Interesting how?" Spike said as drove off.
"She was doing gymnastics in the Library." Aisling said, "and the Librarian wasn't scolding her the look on his face seemed to suggest that it was a common occurrence."
"Huh."
"I know that not every athletic girl I meet is gonna be the Slayer. I mean hi I exist. But I mean it is strange. And given the fact that the Librarian is from London-"
"I'm from London." Spike cut in with a raised eyebrow.
"Who seems to oversee her training in a very empty Library, it does suggest something strange is going on," Aisling said.
"Did you tell her your suspicions?"
"And risk being wrong and mortifying myself on the first day of school?" Aisling shook her head. "No."
Spike smiled in spite of himself. "That's not what I meant. Most humans aren't aware that such a thing as a Slayer exists. You revealing yourself-"
"Might reveal more about me and my family than I want." Aisling finished. "I know. We did talk though, both now and at lunch."
"What'd you talk about?"
"She knows I'm adopted. There's a club called The Bronze that everyone goes to."
Spike nodded but decided against giving Aisling a final decision on whether he wanted her out after dark. On the one hand, he knew she could take care of herself – Prague had proven that and she'd gone out after dark multiple times in Vegas - but on the other Hellmouth energy tended to make demons and soulless vampires act even more hostile than normal.
Still, if she was befriending the slayer assuming her assumption was correct… it would give her a smidge more protection.
"Da'?" Aisling said staring up at him.
Spike turned to Aisling and smiled. "What else did you and this strangegirl talk about?"
***
"You know, I could have walked home from school," Aisling said as she watched her father lean tiredly against the doorframe. "You don't have to waste what few precious moments you have feeling 'ok' coming to pick me up."
Spike pushed himself off the doorframe attempting to wave away her concern. "Nonsense, dropping you off and picking you up on the first day of school is tradition."
"I once again feel the need to iterate: you hate tradition," Aisling said taking his hand and leading him to the Master Bedroom. "Come on. Back to bed. Then I'll make us some dinner and we can eat together."
Spike make a face. "I'm not a child, Bit."
"No, you're just stubborn and gormless," Ash said. "Bed. Now." She said pulling him along.
"When exactly are you gonna stop treatin' me like somethin' breakable."
Aisling turned and smiled, and Spike immediately realized his mistake.
To her credit Aisling didn't bring up the hypocrisy of his statement and instead answered his question by pulling on his arm roughly, Spike nearly fell over luckily for him Ash caught him and held him steady. "When I can pull your arm and you can resist better than that."
"You caught me off guard."
Aisling raised an eyebrow and Spike suddenly had a feeling of what it was like for Aisling throughout the years.
Spike sighed. "Did I ever make you feel breakable?"
"You're a vampire with superhuman strength, speed and agility, any human who knows you would feel breakable in your presence," Aisling said as she opened the bedroom door, she turned to see Spike looking at her guiltily. Her gaze softened and she stepped forward. "You helped me feel strong."
Spike scoffed, "That was cheesy."
"Yea, but it's true," Aisling said. "Now come on, I'm hungry and your hungry." When Spike looked like he was about to open his mouth and retort. She fixed him with the same glare he would throw at her when she was being obstinate.
He did not like that. That she could just throw everything back into his face and he couldn't do much against it.
Especially when he knew that she was right.
Hope you enjoyed it. I did have an extra seen of her actually making Spike's dinner but I cut it out as it didn't actually lead anywhere. (Might have it in Part 2) though not entirely sure.
Song’s in the dream sequence is: Bean Phaidin, the version I’m familiar with is the one sung by Celtic Woman. Though there are other versions sung before Celtic Woman sang it. 
1 note · View note
angelofthequeers · 5 years ago
Text
Hold Me By Both Hands: Chapter 24
Disclaimer: I don’t own ML.
Chapter 23 | Chapter 25 | AO3 link
“Hey!” Adrien shoves himself against the door, but fake Marinette must have done something to the doorknob, because the door doesn’t budge. “Why did we just stand here like idiots?”
“Because neither of us were expecting him to turn into me?” Marinette’s voice says. Adrien groans.
“I sent the recording to Alya, so at least she should realise that something’s up,” he says. He quickly whips out his phone to shoot her another message that the fake Adrien is now a fake Marinette. “That akuma’s not very smart, though. He – she – they didn’t even take our phones.”
Marinette snorts. The light from Adrien’s phone illuminates her face, displaying the anger written across her features, and for a moment, she looks so much like Ladybug with that righteous fury that Adrien’s heart skips a beat.
“I think the akuma’s Lila,” Marinette says. “The way that person acted as you, and what she said she’d do while looking like me…she must have been akumatised!”
“Great.” Adrien thumps his head against the door. “So, we’ve got a furious, shapeshifting Lila on the loose, and the only two people who know for sure are stuck in here. Even if Alya gets my message, there’s no telling what’ll happen.”
Something shifts against him. For a moment, he wonders if it’s Marinette (pleasenohe’salovesickteenboypleasedon’tletitbeher), but then the thing starts to zip down his chest under his shirt, and he realises that it’s Plagg. Of course! Plagg can get the door open!
“Well, hopefully Ladybug and Chat Noir will be along soon,” Adrien says, praying that Marinette doesn’t somehow notice Plagg as he escapes the bottom of Adrien’s shirt. “Especially if Alya manages to alert them with what I sent her.”
“Yeah. Hopefully.”
With a click, the closet door suddenly swings outward, bathing Adrien and Marinette in the bright hallway light. Success! Adrien so owes Plagg a kilo of Camembert for this. Even if a traitorous part of his brain wouldn’t have minded being locked up with Marinette a little while longer.
“Wow,” Marinette says. “She can’t even lock us up right. I’m gonna see if I can find Ladybug so she knows what’s going on!”
As soon as she’s gone, Adrien ducks back into the closet and pulls the door shut. “Great job, Plagg,” he says.
“Yeah, yeah,” Plagg drawls. “I’ll name my price after you take down that wannabe akuma.”
“Plagg, claws out!”
Thankfully, Ladybug must have also gotten wind of the akuma, because as Chat Noir barrels around the corner, he nearly collides with a flash of red. As it is, he still trips and faceplants in his attempt to avoid crashing into Ladybug.
“Elegant,” Ladybug drawls, helping him to his feet.
“Guess I must have just fallen for you, milady,” Chat Noir says. Ladybug rolls her eyes as usual, but her cheeks also turn pink.
“Do you know if the akuma’s changed forms yet?” she says. “Marinette ran into me and said it took her form.”
“I know as much as you do,” Chat Noir says. “And I think the akuma is –”
“Lila Rossi. Marinette told me.”
“Is…Marinette safe?”
For some reason, Ladybug’s smile is oddly tender. “She is. I told her to hide and not to worry because you and I would make sure that everyone knew it wasn’t her or Adrien doing this stuff. Speaking of, is Adrien –?”
“Yeah, he’s fine. He’s also hiding.”
Ladybug unslings her yo-yo from around her waist. “Then let’s take down this akuma.”
When they burst out into the courtyard, there’s no sign of fake Marinette. But considering that there are a few people in tears and Chloé is cradling her arm to her chest, it’s clear that the akuma’s already wreaked havoc and vanished.
“Ladybug!” Chloé throws herself at Ladybug, who yelps and just fails to move out of the way in time to avoid Chloé’s strangling hug. “You’re here! That awful Dupain-Cheng just attacked me!”
“I told you, it’s not really her!” Alya says. “I’ve got video proof from Adrien that it’s a shapeshifter akuma!”
“It is,” Ladybug says. “And we’re pretty sure the akuma is Lila. She locked the real Marinette and Adrien in a supply closet so they couldn’t out her.”
“She could be anyone,” Chat Noir says dramatically. Ladybug rolls her eyes.
“Chat, is this really a time for jokes?”
“Sorry, milady. Just thought I’d lighten – look out!”
Just as Chloé’s fingers brush over Ladybug’s earrings, Ladybug ducks out of the way and kicks Chloé to the ground. Chloé growls and bolts away into a crowd of people before either Ladybug or Chat Noir can recover their wits and grab her.
“Okay, there really is a shapeshifting akuma,” Alix says loudly. “Ladybug’s the only person Chloé wouldn’t try and backstab.”
“Wow, thanks.” Chloé pushes her way through the people on the opposite side of the courtyard, wincing every time she jostles her arm. Well, great. How didn’t they notice that the fake Chloé wasn’t acting like her arm was sore? “Of course that’s an akuma. As if Dupain-Cheng would push me like that. And where is Sabrina? She told me that Ladybug was looking for me!”
“Um…thanks for the statement of faith?” Ladybug says. “On Marinette’s behalf!”
Chloé shoots her a weird look. “Well, I am trying to be nicer,” she says. “And even if I wasn’t, it’s clear to anyone with a brain cell that that wasn’t Dupain-Cheng. Really, if Lila wants to ruin her reputation, she has to try a lot harder.”
“How do we take her down, milady?” Chat Noir says. “She could be anyone! And if we lose sight of her for a second, she’ll just shapeshift again.”
“It’s too early to use my Charm. But maybe…” Ladybug turns to the courtyard. “All of you! You have to keep track of each other! Come up with questions that only the real person would know the answer to. Chat and I have to go and get help.”
Chat Noir’s got a strong hunch that he knows what this help is. And judging by the way Ladybug winks at Alya as she and Chat Noir sprint away, his hunch is likely correct. Sure enough, after a minute or so of hanging out in the empty corridor, an orange figure skids around the corner and screeches to a halt before them.
“I’m here!” Rena Rouge announces. “And ready to take down this akuma! I’ll teach her to mess with my friends!”
“How did you get your powers?” Ladybug says shortly. Rena Rouge frowns at her for only a moment before her face clears.
“Kwami called Trixx. From my necklace Miraculous. And I offered to have your babies before you made me jump off the Eiffel Tower.”
Ladybug visibly relaxes. “Sorry about that. Just had to make sure.”
“Well, what was my first Mirage?” Rena Rouge says.
“Your friends and family saying how proud they were of you,” Ladybug says.
“Marinette, Nino, m – Adrien, your parents, and your sisters,” Chat Noir adds. Rena Rouge nods.
“I knew it wasn’t Marinette even without Adrien sending me those messages,” she says. “Marinette’s never like that, not even with Chloé. Ugh, of course Lila would get akumatised because someone called her out.”
“That’s on her,” Ladybug says. “Not us. Our job is to take her down. And we’ll need Mirage to draw her out.”
“Well, I’m the girl for the job.” Rena Rouge bounces on the balls of her feet. “Also, I think the akuma’s in her earring. I noticed that Adrien was wearing one when I watched the video, and the fake Marinette was wearing it too. I thought it was weird that the fake Marinette didn’t have her usual earrings.”
“Of course!” Ladybug says. “Good job, Rena Rouge!”
Rena Rouge preens under the praise. “What’s the plan, Ladybug?”
“Lucky Charm!” Ladybug catches a ladybug-patterned fire extinguisher. “Uh…okay.”
“You’re gonna put out the fire of my heart?” Chat Noir grins. Just like before, Ladybug’s cheeks pinken and she rolls her eyes.
“Hush, kitty. I’ve got a plan.”
.
If anyone had told Alya that she would be a superhero and get to fight alongside her idols, she would have wondered if they were having a fever dream or playing a cruel prank on her. But no. She gets to be Rena Rouge and sprint down the school halls with Ladybug and Chat Noir, with a flute strapped to her back and her fox-like senses on high alert!
“You think she’s out there?” Rena Rouge says when the three of them are huddled behind the door leading to the courtyard. There are still students grouped out there, no doubt trying to keep themselves safe by sticking together, and they’d probably have better luck finding Hawkmoth himself than finding someone with one earring. Especially since that person will also be gunning for their Miraculouses.
“I’d be surprised if she wasn’t,” Ladybug says. “Where else could she blend in and ambush us?”
“Do your thing, Rena Rouge,” Chat Noir winks. Rena Rouge rolls her eyes, then unslings her flute and raises it to her lips, picturing her illusion clearly in her mind.
“Mirage!” she whispers after playing a short tune. In a flash of orange, there are Ladybug and Chat Noir doppelgangers standing before them. The illusions are a little fuzzy around the edges, sure, but so long as no one gets too close, these illusions should be enough to draw Lila out of cover. Chat Noir then uses his staff to slam the door open just as illusion Ladybug and illusion Chat Noir burst out into the courtyard.
“We’re back!” Rena Rouge says through illusion Ladybug. Ugh. Hopefully, there comes a point where she can just imagine what she wants her illusions to say, but she can’t exactly maintain her focus on the illusions while also making up a script for them mentally. “What’s new?”
“What’s new?” Ladybug mouths to Rena Rouge, who just shrugs. While everyone’s attention is focused on the illusions, the real Chat Noir takes the Lucky Charm, then slips through the door and sidles around the edge of the courtyard to get into position.
“Ladybug!” Chloé dives at illusion Ladybug, who sidesteps just in time. Trust Chloé to nearly accidentally derail their whole plan.
“No one’s seen her,” Mylène says. “At least, I don’t think we have.”
“What help did you get?” Kim says.
“That’s not important,” illusion Ladybug says. “What’s important is that we find Lila before she can get our Miraculouses.”
“It sucks that we can’t tell who she is,” illusion Chat Noir sighs. “She could sneak right up on us and we’d have no idea.”
“Laying it on a bit thick, aren’t you?” Ladybug murmurs teasingly. Rena Rouge sticks her tongue out just as her necklace beeps and loses a tail segment. Shit. Lila had better hurry up and show up or else their plan is a bust.
“Well, I’m sure you’ll find her!” Sabrina says, rushing over to the illusions. “You always win!”
“That’s because we’re the good guys,” illusion Chat Noir preens. Rena Rouge and Ladybug fight back their snorts because the real Chat Noir must be rolling his eyes right about now, even though Rena Rouge is pretty sure she has him spot-on.
“You are!” Sabrina says. “You’ve saved so many of us before. You’re our heroes!”
“Sabrina, what are you doing?” Chloé snaps. But Sabrina ignores her and instead tries to grab illusion Chat Noir’s ring hand…but he vanishes in a burst of orange light and faint flute music.
“What?” Sabrina gasps as illusion Ladybug also ripples out of existence. “What is this?”
Now it’s Chat Noir’s time to shine. Except, rather than spraying ‘Sabrina’ with the fire extinguisher like Ladybug might have done, he simply swings it at her head and downs her with a wet crunch.
“…Good thing my Miraculous Ladybug will fix everything,” Ladybug says slowly.
“That was brutal,” Rena Rouge winces as she wills the Ladybug illusion to also fade.
“Cataclysm!” Chat Noir leans down and brushes ‘Sabrina’s’ hair aside with his free hand, then taps something on her ear with his sparking hand. Sure enough, a black butterfly flutters free and rises above everyone’s heads. Well, that’s Ladybug’s cue to go and purify it.
“This,” Rena Rouge says as Ladybug casts her Miraculous Ladybug to fix everything, “has been the best day ever.” She figures that she’ll just stay where she is, even though her existence has kind of been outed by her illusions, but Ladybug turns and gestures for her to come on out.
“This is Rena Rouge, our newest superhero,” Ladybug says as everyone gasps and starts to whisper at Rena Rouge’s appearance. Okay, it probably was a smart move to secure Ladybug’s vote of confidence in front of everyone, in case they think she’s an akuma or a Hawkmoth ally in the future or something. Especially since her power deals with illusion and deception.
“Sup.” Rena Rouge shoots everyone the finger guns. Ladybug rolls her eyes, but Chat Noir grins at her.
“I – what am I doing here?” In Sabrina’s place is Lila, who’s blinking and staring around at her audience dazedly. The real Sabrina is back by Chloé’s side; she’d probably been knocked out and stashed away somewhere or something like that.
“You were akumatised,” Chloé says, “Duh.”
“Chloé.” Ladybug shoots her a disapproving look.
“What?” Chloé says. “Even an idiot would know that.”
“I – I was?” Lila covers her face. “Oh, no! I’m so sorry! I hope I didn’t hurt anyone!”
Rena Rouge’s necklace beeps in sync with Ladybug’s earrings and Chat Noir’s ring. “Gotta go!” Rena Rouge says quickly and races away. She just manages to burst into the girls’ bathroom before her transformation washes away in orange light and Trixx flies out of the necklace.
“Not bad for your first mission,” Trixx says as Alya fishes around in her bag for her little pouch of blueberries. His eyes light up when she hands him a few before stashing the rest away.
“Really?” Alya says. “I mean, I would’ve preferred that my illusions weren’t found out, because now Hawkmoth will know about me…”
Trixx shrugs. “Can’t be helped. You just have to roll with the punches. Adaptability is the hallmark of a great Fox, little kit.”
“Stop calling me that,” Alya huffs. Trixx just smirks with gleaming violet eyes. “How can you even know what happened? Can you, like, see what’s going on or something?”
“We can see through your eyes when you’re transformed,” Trixx says. “So, we know as much as you do.”
“Like a melding of person and kwami?” Alya says. Trixx nods. “So cool! Oh, crap, gotta get back!”
Trixx darts into Alya’s bag as she sprints out of the bathroom and back to the courtyard to catch the tail end of Lila’s akumatisation. It’s just a pity that she can’t find a way to record herself for the Ladyblog, although to be fair, she can claim that the Ladyblog is centred on the main duo. But it still sucks. Especially if someone else gets the idea to create a blog for Rena Rouge.
“I’m so, so sorry, Adrien!” Lila’s saying when Alya edges into the courtyard and tries to blend into the crowd as though she’s always been there. She pauses by Marinette’s side, who’s standing next to Adrien with Nino as Lila spins her spiel. Okay, so maybe that’s a little harsh of Alya, but Lila still won’t actually look at any of them. She hasn’t done so since being de-akumatised.
“You couldn’t help what you did when you were akumatised,” Adrien says.
“Not just that,” Lila says. “How I reacted when you turned me down. You were totally within your rights to do that. I guess…well, I just had a really vivid flashback of another boy in Italy, and for a moment, I saw you as him. Then I was scared to admit my mistake because, you know, people would think I’m a liar, and then Marinette and Alya started to scold me and I felt like I was in too deep…”
Oh, she’s good. The tale she’s spinning has visibly captivated the entire courtyard, minus Alya Marinette, Adrien, Nino, Chloé, and Sabrina, and there are even a few glares being shot Alya and Marinette’s way. Even if there had been a boy in Italy, it’s just…so obvious that Lila’s laying everything on thick.
To be fair, you did believe her until Marinette called out her lies to you, says a nasty little voice in her head. Alya pointedly ignores it.
“Really, it’s okay,” Adrien says. “I’m sorry that you were hurt, Lila. But my heart belongs to someone else. It wouldn’t be fair of me to string you along and let you think you had a chance.”
All around the courtyard, people furiously start to whisper, no doubt trying to convince themselves and others that Adrien’s talking about them. Alya thankfully manages to resist the very strong urge to roll her eyes.
“I understand completely,” Lila says, finally looking up. There’s no trace of tears or other form of distress but, to be very fair to her, some people just aren’t outwardly expressive. But Alya still doesn’t trust her. “And thank you for being honest, Adrien. You’re a decent guy. Whoever’s captured your heart is a very lucky person. Friends?” She holds out her hand.
“Friends.” Adrien shakes her hand. As if by divine intervention, the bell for the end of lunch rings at that moment, breaking up the courtyard crowd as everyone starts to head to class. Lila smiles sweetly at Adrien, then at his friends, before turning and walking off.
“I don’t trust her,” Marinette says immediately. “Did you hear how she said that? She totally threw me and Alya under the bus.”
“Thank god you noticed that too,” Alya says.
“You really wanna be friends with her, dude?” Nino says.
“I know there’s something shifty about her,” Adrien says. “All this…the way she just smiled at us…it feels like she was sending me a message. Like she’s showing me that she can mess with me and my friends just like that. What?” he says when Alya, Marinette, and Nino stare at him. “You don’t survive as Gabriel Agreste’s son without picking up a nose for social politics. But it’s not like I could just outright reject her after that public apology.”
“True, true,” Alya says. “You would’ve been skinned alive. Well, pretty boy, good thing you got us to steer you right.”
“Thank god,” Adrien says dryly.
32 notes · View notes
Text
The 100 Season 6 Episode 1 Spoilers
Okay!  I’ve basically described the episode the best I could. At the beginning, its pretty much the same up until a point where I just describe what happens to a group of characters to make it easier on me and hopefully for you! Also, don’t mind my spelling or lack of punctuation – although I do hope it doesn’t interfere with your understanding. Another disclaimer I may have missed some things in regarding to the order of details of events and the who actually said what but I tried my best!
Without further ado here is the first episode of the 100!
The  opening obvs begins with the recap of last season and honestly I would suggest watching the finale before the new episode... there were some things I forgot about that were in the finale which I what I’m going to get to.  New opening everyone !! surprise surprise the opening credits are of the new planet and it was great seeing our favorite actors back on the big screen!! The beginning starts out with Monty’s speech about doing better and our first shot is* gasp * the first picture that JRoth shared with us.  Then I believe it begins with Clarke and Bellamy explaining about how Monty and Harper had sacrifice their lives to finding them a new planet. Raven storms out and Shaw follows her. He is empathetic to her finding out and her loss about Month and Harper. I gather that she is upset due to the fact that they left her without saying goodbye. Shaw says that they chose happiness (they did) and that spending their last days together is not a bad way to go. They kiss that is on the borderline of making out and then Raven is like let’s go have s*x in a more romantic way obvs.  We have Clarke come in to the what I can only assume to be a mess hall and approachs lovable new character , Jordan, and he mentions that his father (Monty) left out algae for them to eat. I swear the whole Green Family are the most precious thing ever. Jordan also mentions that Abby is not eating. Clarke mentions that it may be due to Kane (!!!) still being in Cyro. Jordan remembers something and rushes off. Clarke bewildered; Clarke takes the algae.  (I can’t remember exactly if this scene is before or after Clarke taking the algae but I’m pretty sure it’s after ) Clarke turns and Emori is like Where’s Raven you know our friend that you tortured.  YES I KNOW. SHE SAID something -along the -lines-of THAT.  and then Echo comes to Clarke’s defense. YES YOU READ THAH RIGHT. ECHO.  She says “ Hey, but she did the right thing in the end”.  Emori is like” she gave up out friends’ Murphy is like” well for Clarke that’s like a Tuesday”. I think Bellamy breaks it up - honestly can’t remember because I was too baffled at everyone coming for Clarke except Echo.  Clarke says Raven is with Shaw and makes her way to her mom cause who would want to sit with them ANYWAY Clarke sits down with her mom and they briefly talk about Kane and finding their humanity again. When Jordan comes in and says that he has the algae that Bellamy used to poison Octavia -camera cut to Bellamy- And Jordan explains that his father thinks it could save Kane. Abby takes the algae and tells Clarke that the need to wake Jackson so he could go to the ground instead of her and Niylah to assist. Yes, Niylah is in the first episode.  It then cuts to our crew of Clarke, Bellamy, Murphy, Emori, Echo, Raven, Jordan, and Shaw creating a game plan for the ground It is noted in this conversation that a) no communication to the ground - however there is a beacon that they know of but that is as far as they got  b) they are taking guns along with non-lethal weapons as and it is stated that they will not be the ones to shoot first -THIS TIME c) Echo argues that they need the best fighters since they are not trying to rely on their guns - which means waking up Octavia - Bellamy is like no, we’ll take Miller :) d) Raven stays. They need a pilot but just one and the have Shaw who is familiar with the equipment and all so logically they decide to take him and they need someone in the ship in case they make contact  e) Lastly, Jordan does not go on the ground excursion much to his disappointment but Clarke said that his parents wanted him to be taken care of and that they won’t be able to do that when they don’t know what they are up against on the ground We next have our lovely characters getting ready to board onto the drop ship to go to the ground We have Abby hugging Jackson goodbye and Clarke coming up right after BUT LO AND BEHOLD WE HAVE OUR FIRST CONVERSATION BWTN MILLER AND BELLAMY and Miller is like I’m glad to be going with you this time ( BUT LIKE SERIOUSLY THOUGH HE DIDNT GO WITH THEM TO SAVE RAVEN AND HE WAS HURT)and he says he sorry for throwing him in the pit. And then Bellamy is like don’t worry about (:) ) you didn’t put me in there Octavia did and think they hug but either way I got the  feels with this interaction and they make their way inside It then cuts to Abby and Clarke. Aw it such a nice little moment and Abby says something about how they have done this before. Clarke then asks if anything should happen to her that she would take care of Madi. Abby like yeah yeah of course anything were to happen to you WHICH IT ISNT I’ll take care of Madi. And off they go into the new world.  Now currently Raven and Jordan are in the control room overseeing everything.. Anyway they lose contact with the ship, shocking I know. Jordan makes a comment about how there’s this weird swirling green thing on the atmosphere of this planet which he states is an aura ?? idk. Jordan  is adorable and is definitely his father’s son and Raven is like move our spaceship to another location so I can get better service due to this radiation interference.
 It cuts to Abby and Niylah with Abby putting the algae in a medical bag and preparing surgery for Kane. Once they are done Abby says they are going to need sky crew blood and to wake everyone up from it but Octavia.  Niylah asks about Raven and Abby says she’ll take care of her.
While the ship is moving Jordan is observing the outside window, you know the Bellarke window, and sees something ! What is it? an actual shocker the new EaRTh that they are on is a moon. That planet we see in the trailer is you know the actual planet. And our new child that we must protect starts to get emotional at the sight because he knows that his parents would have loved it. Raven tried to console him, only to have Abby come in stopping Raven. since you know she wants to know why Abby is talking to her. At this point I forget why Raven and Abby are so short with each other up until the point of Raven putting her hand to her neck and well I forgot Abby shocked her. I felt bad for forgetting that. Upon realizing that the scene makes more sense, Abby comes in to ask Raven for blood for Kane and Raven is like I don’t care why you’re here but upon hearing about Kane she is like here take my blood and go away. These two then have an interesting moment due to Raven being like you hurt me and Abby apologizing. Raven then retorts that she says that now but that would be until her next fix. Abby says she’s clean now leading to her saying I’m not your mom. Raven is like huh that’s funny my mom never hurt me while she got her fix. So things are a little awk with them
Abby and Niylah now have performed the surgery and she state that he needs to rest and goes to find painkillers. Welp, look who cant find them. Abby asks Niylah if she moved anything and she says she hasn’t. This leading Abby to go looking for Raven, who guess what had the pills. Raven retorts she was heeding Bellamy’s assignment to keep the ship running. Raven makes a good point of asking if Kane was awake when Abby states that the medication was for Kane. Raven ends up giving Abby the pills and she goes away with them.
This storyline comes back with Kane waking up and Abby is letting Kane know that they have woken up 125 years later. She ends up showing Kane the new planet and he is like hobbling but he is in awe. GUESS WHOO WALKS IN ??? Octavia. Niylah had woken her up with despite being told not to. During the Octavia waking up scene, we see Octavia being confused since it wasn’t Bellamy to wake her up and also her looking over to see that Bellamy was already up. Back to the Kane and Octavia scene, honestly this was such a good argument between the two of them I really can’t give you any lines but they say things to each other that will have you agreeing on both ends ( at least that is how it was for me) this fight however leads to Kane like almost dying. He exerted himself just a bit to much he begins to cough of blood and sort of seizes. Abby tells Octavia to call of Niylah. Octavia of course doesn’t still with the mindset of Bloodriena and thinking him to be a traitor. Abby yells for Niylah while performing CPR, Abby tells her to perform for surgery but Niylah states that there isn’t anymore algae. Niylah says “He’s gone”. Abby says “ Like hell he is”.
This story returns with Abby putting Kane in Cyro who apparently is alive but barely. We see Abby clutch her painkillers but after a moment of though tosses them to Raven. She tells Jordan to come with her and they are off to make more algae. BACK TO THE GROUND. HERE WE GO.  So everyone in getting to the ground and yay we land safely but like I said uh oh they lost contact with Raven. So they come to the door and they someone says “let the air be breathable let the air be breathable” and the door lowers to find the new planet nice and vivid. Furthermore, this scene is very reminiscent of the pilot and that’s exactly what our characters were thinking too. As We get confirmation from Emori that there is no radiation that would harm them Clarke looks to Bellamy and says he can be the one to go first this time and he’s like no. TOGETHER. ( meaning everyone but STILL) Miller then ask does Anyone think there’s something else better to say besides We’re Back Bitches ? And Clarke mentions Monty, he said it best of do better. They all agree and take the step, Shaw then leads them away towards the beacon. 
We come across the crew again by a body of water, I can only assume as being a lake. And y’all this show is basically Canada with a vivid filter on it. Its beautiful. They take in the new sight and Clarke briefly mentions that it looks like the sun is eclipsing. Murphy being Murphy sees the body of water and is like I’m taking a bath and starts stripping his shirt. He dives in and they all hesitate on whether or not he’s okay and swims back up fine. Him and Emori have a cute moment here as he pulls her in the water and they are laughing. The scene ends there, which I’m like aww cause you know everyone could’ve been shirtless.  We pick up with back while they are at a campfire and MILLER AND JACKSON FINALLY HAVE A NICE SCENE TOGETHER.  JAckson is taking in the wonders of the new planet as he is observing bug in a jar and we see Miller upset. Jackson consoles him by asking what’s wrong to which it seems Miller is coming to terms with what he did down in the bunker. Jackson says he did what he had to do and so did he. Miller makes a point of saying he did things while Jackson saw him do the bad things of which are both different views. So it looks like these characters are truly going to be living by Monty’s words of doing better. We cut to the campfire and where I can’t remember how the conversation started, I was distracted by Becho’s weird hugging position. Clarke apologizes to Shaw. Shaw responds to a manner I can’t remember but it evokes Clarke to say that she did things while on the ground that she know were wrong but if she could she would change it but she can’t it. Murphy makes some off handed comment; Clarke responds with her own snipe.  Shaw responds that it our actions that redeem us and she hasn’t had done any actions to accuse her of this. At this point, they realize the bugs are gone— honestly if I was them I would’ve been like cool bye bugs. They take this as a warning sign and then all of a sudden they hear this big buzzing noise. Jackson is like hey guys look at the bug in the jar it’s going crazy. The group quickly realizing, as Murphy smacks a bug that was on his neck, the bugs are swarming and going after them. Shaw announces that they need to get to the beacon now and off the go running for their lives. During this chaos , Emori shouts for Murphy and realize they lost her someone realizes they should use the flares they have to detract the bugs briefly as they find her and get their bearings they run and run and Shaw shouts that they are almost there..... Prepare yourself.  I’m not the best writer but seriously major spoilers ahead.  Our group runs as these bugs are SWARMS-Hunger game Tracker Jacker level of swarms attacking them. Shaw pulls ahead and hits an invisible wall that I wished had made him jump back but unfortunately this wall affects Shaw exactly the way a mosquito hits the zapper light but continuously. Now don’t be confused it appeared like that but this wall was essentially electrocuting him with radiation. Clarke is the first one to be able to realize that this wall is made of radiation making her the only one to go through this wall and get Shaw. Clarke quickly reacts meaning there is now consultation with anyone in the group. So we see as Clarke charges towards Shaw the camera cuts and we see Bellamy’s high level emotion face and him screaming at her to get back. Clarke is able to get Shaw to the other side where Shaw slightly resembles how Atom looked in Day Trip. He says to her that the code is 815 or something like that , idk how he knew that he may of said why but I was a little distraught at this point. Clarke reacts quickly puts the code in which allows everyone to cross this invisible wall and she puts it back up.  They come together to surround Shaw at this point, Jackson is about to use I think drugs to help lessen the pain or something but Shaw tells him no. To not waste it on him. He says to the group that they need to tell Raven that she deserves happiness. Another fallen character.  We revisit the group as it is now day and they are making their way up a mountain/hill but it doesn’t look to strenuous but everyone is a bit raw having lost Shaw. Someone starts a conversation but it leads to Murphy making a off handed comment about Madi which leads to Clarke about to start a fight. I think that may have shocked Echo idk. Miller stops her, which then leads Murphy to start going on about Bloodriena. Miller is about to go off on Murphy before Bellamy interferes and is like “guys don’t, I get beating up Murphy is fun but we can’t”. Someone brings up that they lost their pilot which Bellamy responds that Emori will pilot them and she retorts. This may be what leads to the whole Murphy/Clarke/ Miller interaction but can’t remember. Anyway someone spots stairs and they find they made their way to the top. As Murphy elegantly put it “They have a castle” We see the group again and they are knocking on the doors so see if any one is home. Murphy - in the trailer - kicks opens one and idk if it’s a home or a place of worship but they end up finding this shrine of the family that was Eligius III. They find a handcuff in the corner, of course Murphy comments about that being kinky. As they are leaving Murphy takes a Music player, Bellamy tells Murphy to put it back. But of course,  he takes it.  We now see the Murphy scrolling through the music playing him commenting that he knew a lot of these songs from his time being in the bunker that Jaha locked him in and Emori trying to pick the lock to a door. He approaches to stop and asks her to dance with him. She tells him to stop as he attempts to dance with her. So instead Murphy starts to sing, yes SING. I wish I knew the song to tell you I was taken with his performance. We have the characters reacting to him singing and it’s adorable. They cut to Bellamy and a Echo on a swing and Clarke further back leaning on a merry go around. She eyes becho and is like nah I’m going to go exploring. She goes into the building she’s by and sees that it’s a school. Clarke spied another handcuff in the corner of the room. She furrows her brow but continues looking in the room only to find a storybook about the red sign aligning. She starts to read only to be interrupted by Bellamy.  OKAY SO THIS IS WHERE THEY TALK ABOUT THE RADIO CALLS AND I WONT BE ABLE TO DO IT JUSTICE BUT THIS IS WHERE IT HAPPENS AND BELLAMY BASICALLY TELLS CLARKE MADI TOLD HIM AND THEN CLARKE TELLS HIM THEY KEPT HER SANE. AND THEN I DIED. After this interaction, Clarke leaves cause you know to much emotion by citing she wants to see the Murphy show leaving Bellamy with the children’s book. Clarke goes outside but Bellamy is like Clarke did you read this book. Echo is there too. This book is ominous as it almost details the chaotic nature our group encounters. Such as yep the bugs go crazy. And their friends become foes. And guess what they leave this area? Moon! Whenever it’s time for what I’m assuming to be the eclipse psychosis which is meant to last days ( don’t quote me on that it’s a few days but can’t remember the exact number) Cue Emori going to attack Murphy with a knife and everyone does their best to restrain her and help Murphy. Clarke, upon looking at the scene unfold before her declares that its in the air. Before, they even think of returning to the ship they look over and see that their ship is rising. Yep, someone stole their ship. And this is where the episode ends with them realizing that they are stuck there during these days of the eclipse psychosis. You spoiled enough?;)
201 notes · View notes
gwoongi · 6 years ago
Text
𝘵𝘩𝘦 𝘩𝘰𝘯𝘦𝘺 𝘱𝘳𝘰𝘫𝘦𝘤𝘵 | teacher!hoseok
Tumblr media
𝘵𝘩𝘦 𝘩𝘰𝘯𝘦𝘺 𝘱𝘳𝘰𝘫𝘦𝘤𝘵 jung hoseok / reader teacher + expecting parents au! genre: fluff fluff fluff (and a lil baby bit of smut) + bullet fic version :) words: 26k (so maybe read this on a laptop but if you insist on a phone then don’t say i didn’t warn you!!!!)
warnings: graphic language, smidge of nsfw content, student/teacher relationship, jung hoseok being the best boyf and parent ever :(
a/n: y/n is legal !!! hoseok is the typical cliche young teacher !!! i love this story a lot (i plan to write it in full soon!!! just whenever i have time teeheehee) ((also im really sorry the balloons look demonic idk what happened and honestly. too lazy to edit it)) (((this fic is a MONSTER!!! i’m sorry in advance!!!)))
disclaimer: as per freaking usual, keep reading does not work on mobile. i am so sorry because this is SO LONG and big but its ok :( because it’s dad hoseok :( 
Tumblr media
(gif is not mine!)
Tumblr media
happy new year (as a starting note!) i was gone for a long, long time on this blog and did actually consider getting rid of it entirely, however, i’m back to share things that i love and hopefully, you can all enjoy the things i create also. i don’t usually write like this, but i saw a variety of writers adopt a “bullet-list-style” of writing, which i found to be quite efficient. i am the world’s slowest writer and so writing like this actually helps me publish a lot of my ideas without feeling the pressure of writing out like 300k word fics that honestly get ignored. regardless, here’s my first post (technically) of the new year. (this idea has been in my drafts since the “cosykims” days, and og followers will recognise the title.)
now i don’t care what you say, every single school, college or university has that one teacher who is just way too young to actually be a teacher
you briefly remember high-school, with your physics teacher who was just way too young- like borderline could be a student themselves, and yet here they were with their rainbow stationery set teaching you the speed that light travels
and it’s universally known that some people are like child geniuses and end up graduating university aged three or something really bizarre and crazy
(obvs sarcasm)
so, for the love of god...why was there no young hot professor for you to spy on during your lectures
you’re currently a second year uni student, studying visual arts
which, by the way, is awesome
you started off initially very interested in just drawing, but taking modules in sculpting was something you actually found yourself loving and, not to brag, but you’re also pretty good at photography
like as a kid you could probably be found eating crayons and snorting felt fumes like you were an art junkie
kids in your classes were asking for leapfrogs or action figures for christmas but here you were asking for a £300 pencil colouring set along with a “by numbers” colouring book
picasso is shaking rn
like...funny how leonardo da vinci hasn’t released any new artwork since you were born….hm inch resting
“y/n. you, me, some other people, smirnoff and dr pepper, house party, saturday night, is it a yes, or is it a yes?”
jeongguk has been your best friend since your first semester at university; he also took visual arts and does extremely well in all areas, particularly photography and cinema/media study. ever since you partnered together after both being the first ones to turn up to the first class, you’ve been stuck together like glue, even going as far as to rent out a flat together for your second year (along with three other people, just to make the rent easier)
“uh, actually, no, i can’t, as tempting as that whole ordeal sounds.”
“but then when am i gonna see you?”
“i literally see you every day, we LIVE TOGETHER..”
“it’s not the same thing!!”
every saturday for you is the “flat 18 party night” which literally translates to the day that your entire flat go out to any party they can get invited to and just get smashed
it started off as a you and jeongguk thing but then when you moved into flat 18 at the start of your second year, it became a you, jeongguk, haseul, jimin and seunghee thing, and by extension, a year 2 uni student party since the rest of your flatmates found the need to invite all their other friends
basically it was the only day of the week where you were really granted a day off
and jeongguk really fucking loved party night saturdays
“well, what’s the reason then?”- the two of you are currently on your way to your last class of the day; it’s a sort of orientation day for upcoming students who can’t attend the open days next weekend, and so your visual arts professor (who happens to be an actual BEAST) ended up cancelling afternoon classes to help another professor sort out the gym
“family wedding sort of thing,” you explain as you walk. “if i could get out of it, trust me, i wouldn’t. i don’t know if my kidneys can handle another night of drinking. i hadn’t recovered from saturday until wednesday!”
“i’m pretty sure it’s your liver that gets affected by alcohol, but go off i guess...”
“ANYWAYS so yeah i’m sort of maybe like head bridesmaid and i have to be there so….yeah….can't make it :(”
jeongguk then discovers that the wedding is for one of your cousins that you were always really close to, and so even when he’s still really bummed out about you not being there for the “big shindig” he lets it go
especially because he of all people knows that you’ve never been particularly close with all of your family members and it’s only very recently that you got back in touch with them all (just after your first year of uni, to be precise) and he knows how much it means to you
haseul is one of the only other person in your flat who is an “art” major
she actually studies theatre and performing arts but she likes to still be in on the art grind with you and guk
(fun fact: the trio of you called yourselves “art attack” as a funny joke and all have printed art attack door signs in the flat)
haseul always always always tries to wait for both of you after classes because the performance hall and practise rooms are like RIGHT THERE and she’s sort of a little creature of habit and after waiting once or twice it just became a natural thing
today though she’s not waiting because apparently seunghee is doing a biology project and needed help moving it and setting it all up in the labs and haseul was free and so offered her services
usually if you’re free, anyone of you will wait for each other after classes
haseul usually waits for you and guk and then sometimes you guk and haseul go to get seunghee and jimin, especially on thursdays and fridays since they are sort of the weekday party dates
“are we going to see the project after class?”
you glanced up from your canvas stained with reds and blues towards jeongguk who actually hasn’t even looked up from his own drawing, still painting the still life ugly ass vase in the middle of the room
class is actually really quiet today, which makes sense because it’s a friday and there’s always, you know for a fact, a student union get together on thursday evenings and half the uni abuse it and get hammered
and so uni is literally DEAD the next morning
“um yes of course I really wanna see her volcano in action okay i helped make that.”
“technically we all helped make it...”
“well nobody ASKED YOU FOR YOUR OPINION.”
eventually your class ends early because it’s literally just you guk and some other kid who doesn’t talk to anybody and so you and guk decide to head over to the biology labs in the science department
judging by the time, their class should actually be over but knowing seunghee and her stubbornness, her volcano is most definitely still there shooting little rocks onto the floor
rightly predicted because seunghee stands really proud next to her dodgy looking volcano that everyone in flat 18 helped make while off their rockers 
and haseul is awkwardly sitting on a stool to the other side, admittedly on her phone playing zepeto or whatever
“tell me it isn’t the best volcano you’ve ever seen!”
“seunghee, baby, it’s so cute, i LOVE the way it’s literally falling apart!!” jeongguk and seunghee have a super loving friendship, sometimes you sit back and think they’d be the cutest couple on planet earth and then you realise that its GUK and HEE and you wanna erase that thought from your head
guk takes a really quick pic on his phone so he can show jimin, who would definitely complain otherwise because “i literally painted the whole thing brown i think that deserves recognition!”
“please tell me it got a passing grade” 
you sort of need seunghee’s volcanic mess to have passed because you did not have to hear her talk about how excited she was to present her volcano that actually burned things if you put it close enough for six days straight, just for it to flop and get nothing
“i personally loved the reinvented cliche of the volcano model, so i actually gave it higher than passing.”
you turn almost embarrassingly quickly
because
well
you know that voice
everybody with brain cells knows that voice
cause like
professor jung is literally THE biology professor
like he’s the king of biology
you have to admit to yourself that you were secretly so happy when guk made friends with seunghee through jimin (a physics major) because you knew through the grapevine that seunghee was a student in professor jung’s class and everybody and anybody knows that professor jung is the Daddy of biology
like he’s so gorgeous and inventive and creative and passionate and sometimes you just sit there and think “why the fuck didn't i take biology??”
and then you remember that the only thing that helped you get through high school biology was the fact that seo youngho (god bless his soul) sat next to you and gave you all his answers on internal exams
he’s also one of THOSE professors
like he’s one of the cliche fanfiction Young Genius professors
granted he’s still a solid four years older but still, it’s in the legal age frame and he’s still remarkably young to be a uni professor and that’s what you tell yourself when you feel guilty about thirsting over him and the way he looks so damn sexy in that white lab coat and black turtleneck
ANYWAY
when you see him you kind of flush and look away
it’s not obvious that you like him tbh, because you’ve by now mastered to keep it under control unless around flat 18 and incredibly dangerously drunk
that of course doesn’t stop guk from smirking next to you and giving you little nudges which is, quite frankly, annoying as FUCK
tbh flat 18 know you thirst over professor jung and so they waste no time trying to bring it up deliberately, but you’re not obvious at showing you like him in front of him
cause he’s popular and definitely has a group of girls in seunghee’s class who like him a lot and giggle obnoxiously like its high school
you’re not THAT desperate
“oh, good, because i didn’t want it to be a waste of my time.”
he raises a brow
“...becAUse i had to listen to seunghee talk about how good her project was all week. HERS, that she worked on totally alone. like i didnt even know she was doing a project- wow, seunghee, did you make this volcano? wow hahah look at that guys!”
not that professor jung even cares that she got help
seunghee is the only student who respects his crazy biology analogies and jokes so she’s naturally one of his faves
“yeah, and, prof jung didn’t give us homework so im completely free for tomorrow’s big shindig.” seunghee says, still smiling really proudly
“first of all why is everybody saying shindig, second of all i cant go to that so im sorry please don’t post it on snapchat because it will hurt my feelings that you’re having fun without me” and everyones like :) and then like :O :(
bear in mind professor jung is literally still here, he’s just by his desk tidying up only half listening because kids are wild these days and he doesn’t remember having half as much fun when he was in university
“um. WHAT why???? you know saturdays are our days like those are the days we actually get to see you because you’re always in your room sleeping or working”
“that’s not true at all, that’s very inaccurate...”
“you literally watched all 7 seasons of game of thrones in less than three days two weeks ago and i dont think i saw you once during that time”
valid point
“im at a wedding :( and i cant miss it :( even for dr pepper and vodka :( im sorry :(”
at that point professor jung scares you all back into reality. “oh wow that’s so weird because i’m at a wedding too this weekend, actually. wouldn’t that be so weird if we were at the same wedding?”
please be at the same wedding as me “omg imagine that ahhaahha”
but then you realise that’s just not realistic
and even if it was realistic for professor jung hoseok to attend your cousin’s wedding then nothing would happen because weddings are big and busy and you like barely know professor jung beyond making small-talk with him when you’re waiting for seunghee to hurry up and pack away all three of her pencil cases after classes
you actually forgot how stressful weddings are
the last wedding you went to was your aunt’s wedding when you were like five and you were a little flower girl who ruined all the wedding photos by covering her ears and scrunching up her face because the church bells were really fucking loud
which as a kid you thought was perfectly valid, but now that you’re twenty turning twenty one you realise how annoying it must be to have a mongrel child pulling ugly faces at the front of your precious wedding photos
“remind me to never ever get married”
your mom kinda just looks at you and frowns
“i remember when i got married i had my maid of honour and bridesmaids do everything for me so i was actually really relaxed. maybe when you get wifed up you’ll be the same”
wise words from mrs l/n that you’ll probably forget within the next five minutes!
even though it’s so infuriating sorting out the brides big ass dress and making sure that the designated flower girl (who btw is not as good as you were aged 5 dressed in pink and wearing barbie trainers) doesn’t spill all the goddamn petals onto the floor before the aisle, you find that the ceremony is actually really kinda beautiful and touching and yES, maybe the vows made you tear up a little bit
and you bARELY remember the greeting ceremony afterwards which is basically another way of saying “wait for us to get back while we sign these papers” which is also another way of saying It’s time for all the guests to awkwardly wait around and not do anything
you literally haven’t met a single person from the groom’s side of the family and you’re not really interested in doing so until the after party
like most after parties this one is pushed up in a hired out room near the venue and it’s dark and slightly sweaty and hey, at least the food is nice and OMG they have baby sausage rolls
after obviously talking to your family for a little bit, you occupy your time by the snacks and the bar just kind of moving between the two
yknow just minding your own business
“woah, they have tiny sausage rolls, too?”
oh god
you instantly turn around like its deja vu or something
there is no way that professor jung is standing right there at your COUSINS wedding like its no big deal
“...prof JUNG?? omg what are you doing here??”
“i jinxed it! the groom is actually one of my family friends. yeah, he’s been like best friends with my sister since they were in school and so we were close growing up.”
it’s sort of a relief, somewhere deep down inside, knowing that professor jung isn’t like indirectly related to you through marriage
“and, please, y/n, we’re not at school!! please call me hoseok!”
you’re like tearing up inside,,,,on a first name basis with the hot biology professor.,,,,,.....,,, it’s a miracle
also
how does he know who you are
“i didn’t know you knew my name,” you sort of blurt it out as you think it and he starts laughing really cutely and takes like three sausage rolls off the plate on the table
“well, you’re seunghee’s friend! and uh, the bride literally said your name in the speech at dinner.”
“oh. okay well cool haha yeah. wow. this is so weird.”
you actually thought prior to this moment that talking to professor jung- HOSEOK- even when you’re with seunghee in the labs would be really awkward????
because you’re no biologist and the only thing you remember about biology was a video that scarred you for life about a whale's stomach exploding everywhere like the t-rex out of land of the lost
and plus because he’s cute and smart and also a teacher which was. pretty much a big deal...like a big big deal
“okay, but you’re also legally old enough to do it..it’s not like you’re fifteen and he’s thirty,” said the sadistic voice in your head. you liked to ignore that voice a lot
but contrary to popular belief hoseok is actually really really easy to talk to
it’s almost like he’s been your friend for like your entire life and it’s only a little bit weird for you to be laughing your ass off with your friends biology professor at your cousins wedding but hey anything can happen and at least you’re having fun !!!!
naturally…...fun can go…….well…….too far……….sometimes
it’s like quarter to midnight and the party is still going strong and your cousin is like really going for it on the dance floor with your mom and a few of your other family members and oh wow look at this at some point you’ve ended up smushed against hoseok’s side with another glass of smirnoff and dr pepper in honour of flat 18 having fun without you rn
and he doesn’t seem to mind about the way you lean up with your whole cleavage against his chest to talk to him bc its loud as fuck and he can’t hear you from up here
and haha. wow look!
at some point during this fine hour mr jung hoseok has slung an arm around your waist and has his nose in your hair with his lips by your ear because its LoUd As FuCk iN hErE and you won’t be able to hear him
“i said do you want to step outside? its really hot in here” he asks and you have to physically stop yourself from snogging his face off because there’s no way he’s actually looking that good rn
you probably look awful and flustered and sweaty
“oh yes sure yeah ok yeah lets go we can go out to the patio or something”
and of COURSE your poor mother has no idea that the man around your waist is a professor at ur university so she sees you...actually with somebody and smiles really wide and turns away
at this point she’s just shocked that you’re with somebody because lately you’ve only been with flat 18 or nobody at all
you discover very quickly actually that hoseok is stroking his hand up and down the side of your body which okay, alexa, this is epic
“it’s nice and cool out here i thought i was gonna roast to death inside of there.”
hoseok, again with his cute laughter that has apparently become throaty and deep and you almost have to double check it’s still him because it majorly caught you off guard
“right? too many people, it always makes me feel really hot and claustrophobic.”
you hummed. “yeah, and it’s so sweaty and sticky like [cousins name] really couldn’t have opened up a few windows huh.”
he nods and watches you as you just keep talking and talking and talking
“and, let me tell you, this dress is so uncomfortable”
he looks you over. “you look gorgeous. the dress- i mean, the dress looks gorgeous”
“yeah it’s just a shame it’s so itchy and tight”
“mm? wanna go and change?”
“honestly i kind of just want to get out of it.”
you sort of share a look for a solid three seconds
and there’s like a really brief moment where you regret saying it
maybe he hadn’t meant anything by stroking your body and staring at you with a darkened look and holding you tightly when one of your FAMILY MEMBERS said hi to you and smiled and brushing his lips by your ear like maybe all of that was platonic? maybe he remembered you’re a student (although not hIS student) but still!!!!
you’re 0.5 seconds away from blurting out an almost sober apology when he mutters a, “fuck it,” under his breath that you barely even register and then he’s holding your face with his hands and bringing you in for a fat smooch
at first you’re just really surprised because even though you wanted this to happen you weren’t necessarily expecting it to happen
hoseok pulls away sort of dejected because “why aren’t you kissing me back :(” and thats all it takes because you’re pulling him in for round 2 of smooching and it’s almost like you’re not in the courtyard by the patio directly near the windows of the party and it’s not as if people can see you smooching professor jung haha no way! That would be insane!
“i” kiss “really” kiss “shouldn’t” kiss “be” kiss “doing” kiss “this” and he pulls away and then kisses you really really deeply “but” kiss “itsokjustpleasedonttellanybody”
for a moment you both like ruin the mood by assuring each other you won’t say anything and most people at that point would have been like, alright let’s call it a night haha this was fun and awkward
but :( he’s already hard and ur already really in the mood to bone the Daddy of biology so it would be a waste if you didn’t just….continue
hoseok very quickly discovers the perks of being head bridesmaid because your suite is gorgeous and big
“wtf i’m sharing a room with my uncle this really isn’t fair!”
“the many pros of being related to the bride! look i even have a mini fridge and it’s got loads of strawberry milk in because like its my favourite and they really treated me here and-”
not that he doesn’t want to hear you talk because he’d love to but omg he’s hard as heck and would rather get down to it instead of talking about the excessive amount of strawberry milk in ur fucking mini fridge the size of his BED
surprisingly even though you’ve wanted to at least hold professor jung- HoSeOk-’s hand for like an entire year, you haven’t put THAT much thought into having sex with him
well
actually like finger fucking does not count
nor does him between your legs
no they do not count to you in your mind especially when he quite literally helps you out of your dress and strips you to just your underwear
which, BTW, thank FUCK you brought your sexy stuff just in-case the groom had any really hot friends
thankfully he had jung hoseok
y/n: 1 life: 0
rewind like 0.3 seconds
so. hoseok apparently knows this venue like the back of his hand because he manages to direct you to your wing within like three minutes which is pretty impressive considering it took you thirty to find it this morning
regardless he’s really gentle considering he wants nothing more than to plow you into a nearby hard surface and like you know when someone ghosts their fingers over your skin and it tickles but it’s a nice tickle and your whole body shudders
yeah
well
professor jung does that a lot
he takes a liking to sitting on the end of the bed, between the two posts, while you’re firmly seated on his laps with your legs on either side of him, which is the long way of writing You Are Straddling Seunghee’s Biology Professor
“you’re so pretty” his voice is sort of muffled by your hair and skin and you can barely even focus on his voice because there’s so many things happening rn it’s hard to process it all
do you focus on his voice? his one hand on your back? his other hand literally on your arse? his crotch against yours? the little guttural groan he does between kisses?
it all just feels surreal and amazing and oh WOW jung hoseok has a hand between ur legs
he loops his fingers around your underwear and moans (shudders? you can’t tell but whatever he just did like you need him to do it again cause WEEEWWWW) and like lets them go suddenly
and we’re back to before; hoseok moves to dip underneath your jaw and helps you out of your tight and uncomfortable but expensi-
“did. di-did you just . rip my dress?”
“....i swear i didn’t do it on purpose.”
“omg this dress was on loan oh my GOD”
“im SORRY the zip got stuck and so i tugged i didn’t know the whole dress was gonna rip in half this material must be cheap, honey you got SCAMMED”
you realise that you’re not actually going to be the one to pay for it since the bride said she’d cover the prices of dresses and you instantly sort of relax (although, sorry to your cousin that she’s gonna have to pay extra now lol)
“okay it’s fine just” and he clings to you really tightly and affectionately with his chin rested just above your boobs which is honestly cute and actually really weirdly hot “ᵖˡᵉᵃˢᵉ ᵈᵒⁿᵗ ʳᶦᵖ ᵐʸ ᵘⁿᵈᵉʳʷᵉᵃʳ”
he has the nerve to giggle to himself “heeheehee okay baby i will be extra careful”
~~~
basically you make a mental note to tell guk and guk only that you rode professor jung to the stars and back
boi DEFINITELY put biology skills to use like this man must have aced human anatomy and sex ed because mans knows all the parts to look after and touch and kiss and it’s like he digitally downloaded every sex move possible because…..no way in hell u just snagged the best sexual partner in town
“mm fuck i wish i was a biology major” it just sort of comes out, bearing in mind you are like half sober
hoseok kind of laughs from his position and moves his hands to your thighs, “yeah?”
“yes i’m so jealous seunghee gets to see you all the time and i only get to see you when i pick her up”
“you can come and see me whenever, baby”
scoff “i’m an art student wouldn’t it be weird to turn up at a biology lab to see you?”
“i have an office yknow and it’s only open to super important people and i can make you one of them”
you realise shortly after like your second orgasm that hoseok is really good at making mediocre things sound really sexy
at long last you actually look down at him and just grin really widely and at first he’s like “yeah? you like that?” and then you start giggling really weirdly
“best.” down. up. “wedding.” down. up. “ever.”
you consider the possibility that last night was a big fat wet dream for at least four seconds until you open your eyes, see the window, roll over, and see professor motherfucking jung in bed next to you
he hasn’t opened his eyes yet and you think he’s asleep so you roll back over to grab your phone conveniently placed on the bedside table
as it turns out, mr jeon jeongguk has not listened to you and posted every nanosecond of the party last night, as well as leaving you several text messages, as he would, as your bff
from guk: are u having fun? i hope ur having fun. if not, then have fun
from guk: i guess ur dead lmao
from guk: sikegjsfkasljf i madmeout with both seujgehe and jikmin
from guk: ignore the above message
from guk: also good morning did you have fun did u get LAID was it a girl or a guy i need all the juicy details
you have to conceal a groan because you don’t want to wake up hoseok
you haven’t thought of something to say yet because worst case scenario, he could wake up and be like “wtf i slept with YOU??????” and that would not be chill for a sunday morning
to guk: im devastated bc of ur snapchat story that’s real snake behaviour
from guk: omg grow up
from guk: and answer my question horre
to guk: i will talk to you later because i am not talking to u about it over the phone bc knowing you and your monster thumbs and chaotic energy, you’ll screenshot and tell everyone in the flat and im not ready for them to know yet
there’s a few moments of silence
from guk: oh fuck tell me ur not pregnant im not ready to be an aunt or uncle yet (x)
you’re about to reply when
oh
wait
did you use a condom last night
you’ve been off the pill for a couple months because even though not getting periods or pregnant was pretty cool, your skin really suffered and oh hey look at that you’ve put on like 4 pounds overnight
and you can’t really remember if hoseok wore a condom or not
did he?
he must have
like he’s a biology teacher
surely
yeah
to guk: wtf no
to guk: and how would i even know that it hasnt even been 24 hours yet this isnt breaking dawn im not gonna show after like 12 minutes
from guk: you never know
“all i can hear is your nails tapping the screen and it’s literally amongst one of the most annoying sounds to wake up to”
oof
you drop your phone flat on your face
hoseok sort of both reaches to see if you’re okay whilst also laughing
“i’m sorry i didn’t know they were that loud”
he smiles and strokes the side of your face “mm it’s okay. woke up next to a pretty girl so it’s not so bad”
and it’s official he owns your heart
neither of you actually really address the fact that your whole...THING is really taboo until he’s like fishing around for his left sock and you’re moping over your ripped dress
“so like does this mean i can’t come to pick up seunghee anymore because it’ll be weird?”
he pauses. “why would it be weird?”
“idk cause like. idk. you’re a teacher?”
“really? fuck, i had no idea!!!”
“i’m being serious. i don’t wanna be the reason you LOSE your job!! and i’m so bad at keeping secrets what if i tell someone worse what if i tell my MOM”
he’s moved towards you as you were talking and he’s looking at you really closely with a really pretty look in his eyes
“y/n, i’m a teacher and i’m a professional. i can contain my...whatever, emotions, while i’m at work. and yes, please, come by and get seunghee because she’s one of my favourites and i don’t think i’ll see you often because you’re in visual arts and im always in my lab but my office! yes i have an office that you can always stop by when you’re bored and if i’m free i will happily see you :( it’s unfortunate that you happen to be a student but technically….like you’re old enough and it’s not that weird?”
pause
“okay it’s a little weird but if you want it can be just one night. we can ignore it happened.”
you really don’t want to ignore it
like you really don’t want to at all
hoseok easily was the best sex you’ve ever had and ugh he’s so nice and pretty and warm and caring and smart and yeah he made a joke about cells during sex but it was perfectly timed and funny and ugh he’s the perfect guy
but he’s also a professor at your university and above all else, you really don’t want him to lose his job that he worked his ass of for just because you couldn’t control yourself
so you sort of suck in a frown very poorly and you both agree to kind of...let it be pushed under the rug
it was a one time….two-time thing
because he definitely fucked you into the mattress one last time before you walked out the door and acted like teacher and student again
“you look...disgusting, give me all the gossip!”
you’ve barely been in flat 18 for five seconds and jeongguk is already at the door with a glass of water and a bag of what you can only pray is cookies
(nice attempt: it’s actually tiny meringues which is good enough)
as usual jeongguk cradles a hangover right into monday morning and thankfully for you, haseul and himself, arts lectures and classes don’t usually start until the afternoon on mondays
even though haseul is 77% sure she wont turn up because she’s way too comfy in her pjs on the couch in the living room
and honestly the pressure of telling jeongguk about what the hell happened on saturday night is intense because….haseul is there too now
which isn’t ideal to be very very honest
and haseul is literally your Girlfriend like she would be there to wipe your arse if you asked her nicely
but she can also be a little bit judgy and you’re feeling particularly sensitive today
but you also can’t not tell her because she’s one of your best friends and you’re probably definitely going to tell hee and jimin when they’re back so. might as well do it fast
you trust flat 18 with your entire heart and you know they’d never tell anybody
((this is not foreshadowing they are little angels))
“holy fuck you’re literally covered in hickeys, this story is gonna be so good, let me get a cup of tea before you start holy shit-” and so haseul makes three cups of tea and sits back down like ten minutes later
“okay im ready literally LAY it on me im ready”
deep breath
sip of tea
setting the cup down
“so i went to my cousins party. pretty normal right, not expecting much to go down at all like it’s a family wedding and there’s kids around”
“yeah, right, okay, AND”
“and so i’m minding my own business by the snack table and then somebody comes up to me and YOU’LL NEVER EVER GUESS WHO IT WAS”
they both sit there like “how am i supposed to know?”
deep breath
“i turn around and it’s only PROFESSOR JUNG”
pause
“wait wtf why was he at your cousins wedding?” haseul is so lost
“HE did say he was going to a wedding last week,” jeongguk adds. “that’s so weird omg he literally called it wow haha he’s so cool”
“right right, but like how is that the tea,” haseul frowns. “that’s like...cold stale tea. i wanted scorching hot tea. there’s GOT to be more to it”
you sit there awkwardly and wait for them to figure it out because haseul is looking at you really intently trying to figure it out
jeongguk is looking back and forth between you and haseul
he knows she’ll figure it out before him because out of the three of you, haseul has the brain cells
haseul literally just stares at your face until she kinda looks down at your neck
and remembers the hickies
and then looks back up at your face
and then back down
and them back up
...
“oh my fucking god you DIDN’T”
“wait what what what WHAT HAPPENED”
“oh my fuckING GOD. OMG. OH MY GOD??????/ NO, NO.”
jeongguk is like O_O “what omg tell me”
you’re holding your face in your hands rn
haseul is up off her seat and pointing a finger at you with her mouth so wide
she looks kinda like the pikachu meme
0o0
“Y/N SLEPT WITH PROFESSOR JUNG”
jeongguk laughs
“....wait WHAT THE FUCK”
chaos ensues
“I CAN’T BELIEVE YOU SLEPT WITH PROFESSOR JUNG I LITERALLY CAN’T BREATHE”
“i didn’t say that!”
“what, so you DIDN’T sleep with professor jung?”
“...okay so maybe i did but you can’t tell ANYONE PLEASE”
jeongguk is literally laughing his ass off rn
because he’s your best friend and honestly that’s what best friends would do in this situation
haseul on the other hand is the responsible friend who’s thinking of the bigger picture
“holy shit, okay. um. wtf he could get sacked for this!”
“we talked it out and we promised to not tell anyone, and it’s not like we’re gonna hook up again so it’s fine!!!! which is why you both cant say anything PLS”
haseul moves to sit by you really comfortingly, “omg baby no i would never!!! it’s not my secret to tell and YES, i’m very surprised right now and i don’t really know what to do because what SHOULD i do??? this has never happened to me before omg this is insane. this is fuckING INSANE”
you end up having to explain the entire night in detail (missing a few details because let’s be real, you were hammered and dick drunk)
jeongguk has calmed down and now realises that this is sort of serious
mostly he’s just finding it funny that you actually ended up hooking up with professor jung, because you and him used to joke around about it all the time
even though he was initially quite childish about it, jeongguk knows that it’s serious and something that is clearly bothering you so he knows when to pack it in and be the supportive friend
because gukkie is a good friend and oh no we’re dropping all the uwus everywhere
“was it good?”
yes, haseul it was good
“was it SAFE?”
you’re about to answer jeongguk and then you pause
“....i don’t know”
and haseul’s off again
“holy mother of hell what do you MEAN you don’t know???”
“i can’t remember!!”
“and you didn’t ask the morning after???”
“im sorry he was too busy rearranging my GUTS it must have,,,crossed my mind”
now haseul has another thing to worry about on top of midterms
to flat 18: IAHUIIGJKSFDLIHGDJKSF Y/N SLEPT WITH PROFESSOR JUNG
from y/n: JEONGGUK WHAT THE FUCK
from y/n: WHY WOULD YOU TELL THEM OVER TEXT I WANTED TO TELL THEM IN PERSON
from guk: IM SORRY I THOGGHT WE WERE TELIJG THEM
from y/n: jesus christ
from jimin: um
from jimin: WHAT
from jimin: PLEATHE tell me its hot biology professor jung and not ugly middle aged literature professor jung because else my reaction is gonna be vERY different
from y/n: wtf why would i want to sleep with literature jung he’s like 50 and married
from guk: wait omg what if hot prof jung is married….did you ask
from y/n: let me move my bang and read that again,,,,
from jimin: i literally cant breathe MY LUNGSSSSS
from jimin: WHAT KINDA FANFICTION IS THIS RN how and when and why did u sleep with him i have SO MANY QUESTIONS i should be studying for my physics midterm rn but whatyueijgn this is too good
from y/n: this is why i wanted to tell u in person
from seunghee: WHATHGRJENS SJF WHAT THE FUCK
from seunghee: I JUST FUCKING SCREAMED IN MY BIOLOGY LECTURE AND HAD TO LEAVE
from seunghee: TELL ME UR JOKING RN
from y/n: :D heehee. um. haha. well haha. uh
from seunghee: I CANT LOOK AT PROF JUNG THE SAME WAY ANYMORE
from seunghee: omg….u had his PEEPEE inside of u….holy shit i need to sit down rn
from haseul: mood
from guk: she did THAT :’)
from seunghee: i mean…..when we joked around and said you should hop on professor jung’s dick i didnt think you’d DO IT FOR REAL
from y/n: it was the dr pepper u guys…..he made me do it
from seunghee: oh god professor jung came out to see if i was okay and i screamed i cant look at him i cant
from seunghee: omg he was in ur GUTS i cant im dropping biology
you dont immediately see professor jung
in fact you try and avoid him because even though you both agreed to not hook up again you’re afraid that the demon inside you will try and jump him and knowing you, a professor will probably end up catching you
and you like uni you dont wanna leave
and you like hoseok you don’t want him to leave and lose his job
flat 18 have calmed down from the initial shock and humour of the situation
i mean they’re all still in disbelief that it happened
and jeongguk and jimin make jokes about it sometimes
but it’s calmed down
it’s actually like a full week before you see him
because all of flat 18 for some reason offered to help on the open day for uni, party night saturday had to be cancelled >:(
seunghee shudders at the thought of being one of the only biology volunteers and having to pretend like she doesn’t know that her professor was balls deep inside her best friend last weekend
jimin and seunghee are together in the science department and haseul is happy performing for families checking out the performance department
jeongguk was asked to help promote the art department
and you were forced into giving campus tours :(
which sucks
because you have to try and pump out your best energy for the day
due to the amount of students doing tours on the same day, you’re only really expected to give one tour before going to your selected department
and you wouldn’t actually mind giving tours if it didn’t mean that you had to go everywhere on campus and by everywhere you mean having to go to the science department and inevitably seeing the brief love of your life
“..and right here is the art department! as an art student i sure have a lot to say about it- everyone is super duper nice and all-well, MOST of the professors are really helpful and critical and i’ve really improved drawing since i’ve been here. we do a lot of still life in this room but next door is the main drawing room and just off campus, we have the drawing labs!!! and oh, downstairs is the photography department; we have a red room and three studios and next door is the cinema”
“do you get to watch films?”
“technically no but when nobody is looking we do watch a film heeheehee i mean. what? no we would never break the rules..,,.”
you give jeongguk a cheeky bum shake before you leave and he laughs
yes an old man sees and scowls but it’s ok
“so yea like i said, the staff are friendly and mostly helpful. i mean, there are obviously some professors who aren’t amazing but hey we have a higher rating than other unis in this area so haha”
“mostly helpful?” a mom says. “can you elaborate on that?”
“not really, karen.”
after hurling your group around everywhere, you FINALLY make it to the science department
which you came to last because you were not prepared to see You Know Who
anyway
you step inside and start listing off things in the department
like Oh yes jackie look that’s called a bunsen burner
Oh michael sweetie don’t touch the gas taps we don’t wanna die now do we?
“our uni has some of the best science professors,” you explain. “they’re incredible and so dedicated to their profession and it’s really a great environment- two of my flatmates study science and they love their classes and lectures. professor min teaches physics and my friend jimin says he teaches it like no other- he’s amazing!”
“and what about professor jung?”
what
“ᵉˣᶜᵘˢᵉ ᵐᵉ?”
“what do you think of professor jung, hm?” WHY IS THE HM SOUNDING A LITTLE CONFRONTATIONAL
you stare at this mom like OoO because this is weird there’s no way she kNOWS how does this mom know omg did you say something dumb how does she--
“i heard he wrote books and went on tv! he also attended conferences at oxford uni,” the mom says, almost annoyed and your heart goes WOOOOOSH out your body. “my son wants to study biology and so we’re excited to see and hear about professor jung.”
“oH yes RIGHT well he’s...well he’s great.”
“can you elaborate-”
“no susan i can’t. let’s just go and meet him, yeah?”
inside the science rooms open for showing, you’re oddly relieved to see another tour group just finishing up meaning that half of the professors are preoccupied already
that includes hoseok in his cute ass lab coat talking to a group of students and parents
suddenly that female student is standing very close to him and you have to look away before you get annoyed for literally no reason
y/n: 1 life: 1
seunghee is actually free talking to jimin and professor min (jimins weirdly hot professor) sees you standing awkwardly in the doorway and he comes to the rescue with a small smile and nods his head at you
wow jimin never told you how pretty he was
scary as fuck
but pretty
“hi! welcome to the science department…”
you kind of step to the side because science is not your subject this is not your element and you dont wanna mess up
while seunghee is so happy showing off her booth and YES the volcano made an appearance, jimin is content with not doing his job and coming to stand with you
“is it just me or is prof jung looking delicious today?” jimin sort of nudges you in the side and you have to give him a sickeningly sweet smile that translates to You’re Getting Your Ass BEAT Later
“...and we do all sorts of projects to help us constantly develop our skills!!! and it’s actually a really good way at making friends and bonds-” a few parents laugh “-and actually, two of my flatmates are here over there--”
oh great eyes are on you and jimin :)
jimin smiles like :) hell yes :) thats me :)
and you’re flushing as fuck because 1) you don’t really do well with being the center of attention like having to speak and tour people around campus is BAD ENOUGh and 2) hoseok has just been made aware of your presence
you’re trying not to look at him like :) i’m not here :)
“-they helped me make this volcano!!!! and it’s so cute!!! look- it shoots rocks- oh, careful sweetie- look!!! it’s so cool y/n helped me a lot and i got a good grade and we do loads of this sort of stuff, haha, prof jung really works us to the bone but makes it super fun at the same time!!!”
braving a chance to look at him you clam up noticing that he’s already looking at you
he does that THING where he smiles and his eyes look really soft and warm and he ducks his head to look at the other parents and stuff
jimin contains a snort and seunghee is like o_o because she had to witness that LOOK as if she wasn’t trying hard enough to forget about what happened
professor min looks between you and hoseok like “-_-” and you wanna DIE
ALRIGHT MICHAEL PUT ON THE GAS TAPS BACK ON LET’S FUCKING DIE TONIGHT
hoseok manages to talk to you before you leave though which is smooth and you can feel your heart in your vagina literally pulsing as he approaches you and jimin
“having fun?”
you smile like :) how is giving tours :) fun :)
“i guess so!!”
“hey thats good!” he replies enthusiastically. “looks like people like the volcano you helped make.”
“....i didn’t make that. seunghee lied i did not help her on her graded project We did not help I don’t know why she would say that”
and he kind of laughs and forgets where he is and his hand touches your back
jimin chokes
you sort of look at him like OoO BRO
he pulls away so FAST like you’re on fire or something
“it’s okay. it’s a pretty volcano.” clears throat. “a-anyways. have a nice day guys.”
he looks like he wants to say something more but cant really afford to, so he sulks away and talks to more parents
“omg….he just had sex with you again” jimin said quietly. “omg. that was wild”
“he literally touched me what are you TALKING ABOUT”
“can’t believe you just did that….right in front of me….”
“literally SHUT UP RIGHT NOW OMG”
again you don’t see prof jung often
you see him a couple of times when you wait for seunghee
its been a hot minute, like a few weeks
he doesn’t speak much but when he does it’s like “oh hi y/n! waiting for seunghee?” or “you can come in for a bit while seunghee packs up” or “plans for the weekend?”
once you dumbly said “i miss you” before you left and both prof jung and seunghee are like “oh hoe you didnt”
“huh?” he asks.
“I said i’ll see you,” you say. “like...i don’t know. see you soon? i guess”
he knows what you really said
he raises his brow’s and laughs and’s like, “me too, y/n. i’ll see you both soon. enjoy your weekend!”
“you’re literally so dumb,” seunghee says whilst walking back to the dorm, “like really so fucking dumb. i MISS YOU??? REALLY? THAT’S ALL YOU SAID??? I’M LIVING OFF CRUMBS HERE”
“wtf do you MEAN???”
“yknow he always asks me, “how are your friends? y/n, the others?” like why would he ask about you...unless he missed you too….and wanted to see you…..omg you’re both really so dumb”
you think about that for a while
back at flat 18, everybody is out of classes for the weekend; jimin is finishing up an essay so he won’t have to do it last minute monday morning, haseul is watching vines on her phone and guk is currently eating the peaches that you were craving and wanted to eat so bought and stored away for later
later as in now
he offers you one but afterwards you feel like…?? weirdly nauseous
“do you need some water?” guk is on alert rn “i swear i didn’t poison you or anything!!!!!”
“i...literally didn’t even think you had but now that you’ve brought it up…”
like this sickness is so sudden you just wanna throw up all your internal organs
“you should go to bed,” haseul says and she’s like rushing to you to push you towards your room. “i will get a hot water bottle ready and blankets and oh- actually no, you can’t risk eating in-case it makes you feel worse. at least try and eat like these bland ass biscuits seunghee brought because then you’ll throw up something instead of nothing. are you okay, did i ask if you were okay? are you?”
the best thing about flat 18 is that they’re like a little tight family and if one of you is sick, they become worried parents and it’s so cute
anyway so you stay in bed for the rest of the day
and most of saturday morning
flat 18 are debating whether or not to really go out on saturday but you groggily tell them to just go and have fun and you’ll stay at home :( crying :( watching peaky blinders on netflix :(
haseul and seunghee decide to stay in with you for a girls night while jeongguk and jimin head to their friend taehyung’s dorm
at some point during a very intense sex scene between tommy shelby and some random woman you don’t care about currently, you feel a very intense wave of sickness
OFF TO THE BATHROOM YOU GO!!
as you’re throwing up you’re thinking over every possible reason for being sick
food poisoning?
flu?
and then you pause mid heave
could…..could you be pregnant?
omg no
wait omg yes you totally could be
you panic so much that you throw up again
seunghee and haseul are right outside the door asking if you need anything and haseul comes in to hold your hair and seunghee is rubbing your thigh like “honey please what do you need?”
sheepishly you look at her and squeak out, “i don��t think im sick.”
seunghee’s like “well obviously you are you’re throwing up like crazy right now, oh, yeah, okay baby yeah let it out let it all out” 
makes mental note to buy air-freshener
after throwing up you just hAVE to ask
“hee...i need you to go out and get me something”
“sure honey, anything. what do you need?”
“......i need you to get me a pregnancy test.”
haseul and seunghee share a look
“are you serious?” seunghee’s voice is really gentle and quiet
“yes i need to be sure,” your voice is croaky and you keep crying in between each word and seunghee just squeezes your thigh assuringly and nods
“y-yeah, of course, wow, oh my god, okay. i’ll go and get one- no, wait, haseul should i get three? is three the safe number?”
“yeah. three is safe. like, you do an experiment three times to get a fair result and the test could read wrong”
“please stop talking about science im actually really scared right now”
seunghee is already half out the flat with her keys when she says, “do you want me to call guk and jimin?”
and you debate it but knowing guk he’d have a meltdown and tell taehyung what’s going on and it’s supposed to be a private sort of thing
and what gives you might not Actually be pregnant
“have you missed your period?” haseul asks
“yeah but i thought” sniff “it was just late :( my periods are always irregular but if i did the math” hiccup “right then it should have come four days ago :(”
seunghee comes back with three pregnancy tests
(“the cashier said, ‘oh, good luck dear! you look like you’ll be a wonderful mother!’ like HONEY IM NOT LOOKING FOR KIDS I’M TOO YOUNG” “s-seunghee-eeEEEeee im also too young what am i gonna doOOooOoooo i cant do this”)
they both promise to be in there with you while you find out because you’re literally sobbing and shaking and lets be real, they’ve showered with you like ten times and they’ve seen all your bits and pieces and it’s just pee! everybody pees
you’re sitting down in a ball shape by the bathtub like TERRIFIED of looking at the little stick
“is it...professor jung’s?” seunghee asks quietly
“he’s the only person i’ve slept with in like three years, i’m positive it’s his,” you reply. “if im even pregnant, that is…”
haseul rubs your arm lovingly. “want to take a look? should be done by now.”
it takes you a few minutes and then eventually you nod
well
here goes nothing!!!!!
you peer over at the stick and like
your heart drops
maybe you wanna throw up again
all three sticks say: PREGNANT: 5 WEEKS
“what’s it say?” haseul asks gently and you set down one of the tests and look back at seunghee and haseul with an unreadable expression
“congrats. you’re gonna be an auntie.”
haseul is the first to crack
it felt weird to have friends excited?? about your second year of uni pregnancy? unplanned accidental pregnancy with a bIOLOGY PROFESSOR AT UR UNI????
but haseul brings you in for a hug with an excited laugh and seunghee braves taking a stick in her hand and looks at it for herself
yep, you’re having a baby all right!!!
everything is fine until you realise the big problem
how the hell are you going to tell hoseok you’re carrying his baby
does he want kids? probs not! and you never asked if he was married?? WHAT IF HE ALREADY HAS KIDS? WHAT IF HE HAS A WHOLE FAMILY??????
then you start crying
“omg, y/n, please don’t cry, it’s okay, we’re going to figure something out!”
“you don’t necessarily have to keep it if you dont want to,” haseul points out, even though you know she’s already planning dates to look after baby y/n when it’s been pushed out into the world
“h-how am i gonna tell h-hoseok that im having his baby….and i dont wanna get r-rid of it i dont wanna hurt this baby i love this baby i only just f-found out about it but i want this baby i wanna look after this baby this is my BABY?? im having a baby holy fuck you guys! im gonna be a mom this is so scary what the fuck am i gonna do????”
seunghee makes a call to jeongguk and jimin asking them to come back with ice-cream because they have things to talk about
jeongguk is worried like “oh god did i leave my underwear on the couch again? i said i was sorry and i thought id moved them this time”
and seunghee says, “um...no but now im going to double check the couch...dont forget the ice-cream BYEEEE”
needless to say that they’ve very VERY surprised to come home and discover that they’re gonna be uncles
and that the baby belongs to the Daddy of Biology
“i………..what did i miss while i was gone wtf you’re PREGNANT?”
“omg i’m gonna be an uncle??????? really?????? reAlly!!!”
of course the big issue right now is telling hoseok about it
like what are you supposed to do? go up to him and be like Hey hot stuff you’re gonna be a dad!! Happy Monday!!
“if he doesn’t want to help look after it, i would be happy being the adoptive dad of your baby,” jimin offers, staring at your stomach for the fifth straight hour. “because i love you and i also like babies.”
“aw, min, i love you too, but if hoseok doesn’t want to be the dad to this baby, i was already planning to ask guk because GOD KNOWS you would be the worst at looking after kids- dont look at me like that, i know you i CAN SEE THE TYPE OF PERSON YOU ARE!”
you decide to skip classes on monday and only head out when you need to
and by “need to” i mean you decided that today would be the day you told hoseok
you had the whole of sunday to think over it and seunghee helped you devise a plan
hoseok has office hours from around 3pm to 9pm on mondays and her class finishes at 2:45pm, and apparently people use his monday office hours on the evening so “you should probably come then, and you and him can talk in his office where it’s more private!”
and thank god seunghee has the brain cells in this friendship because you were about to announce it in the open and you doubt that mr min would be thrilled to hear his colleague knocked up a visual arts second year student
it’s 2:30pm and you leave the flat to make it to campus for around 2:37pm
it doesn’t take long at all to walk across campus to the science department and so you’re a little bit early to seunghee’s class because they’re still clearing up by the time you get there
the science department has chosen to smell like a hospital even more today and you shudder, already mulling over the idea that you could be going to a hospital soon to get baby scans and then eventually labour and holy fucking SHIT you’re gonna have to push this thing out of your vagi-
the class leaves at 2:45 on the dot (because hoseok likes to let his kids out early because he’s a cool teacher and apparently nothing like the grouchy art teachers in your department) and actually, today seunghee hasn’t turned up to class so you’re sort of waiting for nobody rn
just >:) as >:) planned
when everybody else has gone you head inside really quietly
hoseok hears you anyway and looks over really quickly and smiles so wide like :D
“y/n! how are you!”
“haha yeah im just great professor like really Uh yeah doing great”
“seunghee’s actually not here today. i thought you guys lived together, didn’t you know that?”
and you’re like like “uh yeah i knew. i’m, well, i’m actually not here for her. i’m here for you.”
hoseok is vERY VERY CONFUSED
“is everything ok?”
you smile at him as a way of reassuring him
on the inside you’re like oh hoseok sweetie you have no idea what’s coming
“yeah. i asked seunghee what time your office hours were and she said from around 3 to 9? and obviously, its like five to three and so i am early but. look i just- i really need to speak with you.”
he stands up quickly. “is something wrong?”
“i’m not sure yet,” you reply honestly. “shall we. um. can we go to your office?”
he blinks. “oh! yeah, sure, let me get- my coat and yeah let’s go. i’ll lead the way.”
along the way you just so happen to bump into professor min and he smiles at hoseok and then at you and he’s like “oh? miss l/n, what are you doing here? i didn’t know you took science?” (he only knows who you are because of the open day)
“Oh, no i don’t. um. well,” you pause. cause what are you supposed to say???? “i’m just getting some work for seunghee. she’s...sick and bedridden, so, here i am!”
professor min is just like “huh. okay well have fun i’m going to take a nap in my office :D” and leaves
hoseok’s office is surprisingly clean and cute and there’s flowers everywhere and a cute little yellow rug and you stop to just take in how this room is hoseok in Room Form
like a room has never looked so much like a person it’s him as a room and you love it
“i didn’t really clean up because i didn’t expect anybody- especially you- to be coming. uh, here, let me just close the door. want to sit?”
you take up the offer and sit on the couch opposite his desk and he sits on the desk looking at you really worriedly. “is...everything okay?”
he wants to ask if somebody found out, but at the same time, he really doesn’t want to make you think that he was like repulsed by having sex with you because it was The best sex of his life and he’s not afraid to admit that
“yes. i just” sigh. might as well get on with it. “how long has it been since the wedding?”
hoseok pauses. thinks. “well...i mean, like, probably six weeks? yeah, six weeks. why?”
“okay, and usually, what does it mean when a woman misses her period?”
“wha- well, sometimes it could be an irregular cycle. but it’s usually because they’re conceiving...”
hoseok really doesn’t wanna overthink but...like….he’s overthinking rn
“and how long does it take for them to start showing?”
“well someone can know that they’re pregnant as early as four weeks, usually. although 50% of women say they show at five, and 70% said they show symptoms at six weeks-”
there’s a beat of silence
you worriedly look at hoseok and he’s just. quiet
you can see the clogs moving in his head and his eyes are flitting up from your stomach to your face repeatedly and wow he’s gone a bit pale?
“i...what?”
“i’m...i’m pregnant.”
“i…” he starts to speak but literally stops and he’s just really quiet
you can feel your eyes filling up because oh god he doesn’t want the baby you’ve ruined his LIFE
but really he’s just thinking really hard rn
like
omg
a beautiful girl he likes is carrying HIS BABY
A BABY HE HELPED MAKE
and then he’s like but shes a student at my uni is this weird? its weird its wrong but i love babies and ‘im gonna be a dad????? and she’s really pretty????? and i like her?????? and that’s my kid??????????
you’re seriously about to cry and be like its ok if you don’t want it i can look after it alone and my flat are okay with it i just would want some help like maybe a little bit just for the first few months when he moves from the desk towards you and drops to his knees between your legs
“is- is it mine?”
“what- of course it’s yours!”
“i’m sorry! i didn’t want to assume!!!”
“i wouldnt be here if it wasn’t yours!”
he huffs out a laugh and then just starts smiling so wide
“omg are you actually pregnant? really?”
and then you start laughing like “YES omg why would i lie here’s a test for proof i was crying a lot over the weekend.”
now that he has concrete evidence hoseok is getting a bit excited about this
above all circumstances he is gonna be a dad and wow he’s always wanted a family!!
you’re so relieved that he’s happy :)
but then he has to think realistically about this: you’re still a student, probably barely twenty one, and he’s a professor and things will be extremely complicated
he debates whether or not to tell professor min
because yoongi has been his friend forever and he actually helped him get the job at this uni and he probably wouldn’t judge him for it because he had seemed excited when hoseok told him about the wedding night (obviously spared of the details that the best Pussy of his life was miss y/n l/n)
“do...do you want to keep it?”
you look at him like OnO “yes :( is that okay”
“YES omg it’s okay!!! that’s our BABY!!!”
ok he’s so excited
“this is so weird and i never ever thought this would happen but!!!!!! i’m gonna be a dad???”
“yes!!!”
then
“wait fuck are you married or anything?” you have to ask it’s been bugging you all weekend. “because i’m happy with raising a baby with you but i don’t think i can handle telling ur wife or whatever that we had sex at a wedding.”
he finds this really funny
“no, i’m not married. i was drunk at the wedding but not drunk enough to cheat on someone :( i would never do that :(”
well. 
THAT COVERS IT THEN
now he has to make plans to like. get to know you because there’s no way in hell his baby is gonna grow up with complicated parents like he wants his kid to have the best life ever :(
hoseok now also has to come to terms with the fact that seunghee knows he had sex with her best friend and is having a baby with her and now he’s horrified
“you did wHAT”
hoseok decided against his better judgement to tell yoongi about what’s going on
since you told your entire flat about it he figured it was only fair that he could also tell somebody he trusted
he has a couple of friends outside the department who he really trusts, like namjoon and seokjin, two married professors who teach literature and creative writing, and sociology, respectively, who will eventually find out, whenever he’s figured out what he’s going to do
considering everything, yoongi isn’t that put off by the fact that he knocked up a student
i mean, yes he’s shocked that it was you of all students ever and then he pieces together you going into his office and the way he had literally described you as “artistic and fascinating” and fucking hell he should have realised sooner
“i...kind of got her pregnant. which- before you yell at me, isn’t the end of the world because we’re both willing to give it 110%!”
“yeah i dont give a fuck about that- i’m still on about the fact that you came back here after that wedding and told me all the raunchy details about you and y/n and i called it hOT and now i find out its a student i KNOW?????? oh my god i need to lie down again.”
(he takes it well, and congratulates him)
meanwhile you’re already making plans to tell your family about it but you want to do it after the first scan
seunghee has done so much research on pregnancy that she was worried the school would catch on by reading the wifi bill and seeing that all she ever googles is “how big is a baby at six weeks?” or “when should i go for a baby scan?”
she seems to think that twelve to fourteen weeks is a good time to get the baby scan and that you’ll probably start showing by then which is the PERF time to tell everybody about it
at the moment you’re not too worried about telling your family
your mom is pretty understanding and your dad has been out of the picture for a while now, and you’re the baby sibling so at least she still has an older daughter to brag about
because from now on it’s gonna be “yeah this is my eldest she’s a LAWYER and this is my youngest haha she fucked her biology professor”
not that she’d use those words
you’re actually more afraid of what people at uni are gonna think when you start showing because you’re not really up for missing out a whole 9 months just to be a year behind your friends
and morning sickness was so awful this morning that you just couldn’t be bothered to go in for class today
thankfully it was just a free sort of day where kids either did the art marathon or worked for their midterms so you could sort of afford to miss a day
guk went to class for an hour before coming back to the flat and haseul didn’t have classes that day so once again, art attack squad just had a nice day at home
haseul is most concerned about the baby and the baby’s health and so went through a crazy moment of trying to eliminate foods that are bad for you during pregnancy
“where’s all my chocolate gone?” “well i moved it so that you can limit yourself on what you eat! chocolate isn’t great for your skin and you should probably start eating healthy if you want the little honey to be nice and healthy when they arrive!”
haseul has money on it being a little girl
guk and seunghee want it to be a boy and jimin is the type of person to have no opinion until the baby is born and then proceeds to say, “see! i told you it would be a boy/girl!”
since you last saw hoseok, he hasn’t really decided what he’d like them to come out as yet; yoongi wants it to be a girl, though
seunghee actually went to class and ended up waiting behind afterwards to give him all the updates
“is she doing okay?” “yES she’s amazing and the baby is doing so well too!!! i mean it’s only been about seven weeks and so y/n is like barely showing, but he’s about the size of a blueberry! isn’t that cute?”
then she pauses and is like, “wait...we live off campus so like. do you want to maybe come round? and see her? i think she’d appreciate seeing you.”
“ᶜᵃⁿ ᶦ?” hoseok is really excited because yeah he does like you and he’d see you whenever he could but 1) he didn’t know how to contact you and 2) where do you even live because if its on campus he definitely can’t pop round and be like “wassup where’s my baby mama”
anyway he comes round with her and you’re very unprepared to see hoseok and seunghee step through the front door
jeongguk is like midway through kissing your tummy over and over and haseul is on amazon looking at baby clothes because she “has to be ready for any opportunity”
of course anything can happen and she’s praying that nothing bad happens because she just found the cutest bear onesie ever and OOPS its in her cart
“it’s,” gesturing to guk and his lips on your stomach, eyes wide, “not what it looks like!”
but hoseok just laughs and puts down his bag and is like, “hehe i know. how are you!”
guk clears out to another part of the couch and decides that he has to, before he dies, see a y/n and hoseok interaction and he can hardly contain his excitement when hoseok sits down next to you and looks at you with a fond ass expression
“good! i had a little bit of morning sickness, but i’m okay. how are you?”
and hoseok’s like well i’m not currently carrying a baby im fine of course i’m fine i want to know about you
because it came to his attention when he was with yoongi earlier that he really doesn’t know anything about you PERIODT
and he wants to know everything and anything
at that point guk takes his leave and he, haseul and seunghee go to the kitchen to give you and hoseok some of your own private space
“i cant believe professor jung is in my living room right now...”
“I WALKED ACROSS CAMPUS WITH HIM GUK I WAS FREAKING OUT THE ENTIRE TIME!!!”
meanwhile you and hoseok are taking the moment to get to know each other
because in about 9 months time or whatever you’re gonna be parents
so you gotta know everything
hoseok learns a lot of things about you: your love for chocolate, that strawberry milk is your favourite flavour, your favourite colours are natural colours like white and beige and browns, your favourite movie or your favourite song…….
and you learn quite a few things about him in return: growing up he always loved science, he wanted to go into dance during high school but it clashed with science club so he gave it up, his favourite flavour milk is banana and his favourite colour is yellow…...
“mm i knew the yellow already :)”
“oh yeah?” hoseok has an arm around your shoulders, one hand stroking the side of your face and the other brushing against your stomach. “how?”
“the rug in your office. and the fact you like banana milk,” you laugh.
“what? the banana milk has nothing to do with it.”
“it does, don’t lie.”
“okay, but it’s not the main reason!!!”
once again it begins to feel like you’ve known hoseok for years and wow it’s so easy to talk to him and he’s so gentle and nice You’re ready to donate your whole heart to him on the spot
“so i was thinking actually,” you propose suddenly, and at this point the gang have come out of the kitchen and are gathered in the living room (jeongguk said that he’s technically in-laws with hoseok now and so there’s no point avoiding it) “that we should go out together this weekend.”
hoseok grins: “are you asking me out on a date right now?”
“yes,” you nod with a firm look. “yes, i am. i am taking authoritative because you’re slow and i want to go on a date with you. i wanna get to know you and work on this.”
hoseok agrees and presses a warm kiss to your temple. “mm, okay then, honey. it’s a date.”
(jimin gets home late and kicks off his shoes by the door. “GUYS!!! YOU’LL NEVER GUESS WHO LOOKED MIGHTY FINE THIS MORNING!! If you guessed Professor Min, then you were RIGHT!! At this rate, Y/N won’t be the only person knocked up by a science professor cause I’m telling you, I’m ready for Professor Min to tell me the exact speed of light whilst balls deep in my a- OH. Uh. Hi, Professor Jung. Nice day?”)
((nobody knows how to move on from that.))
it’s been exactly 9 weeks since your little honey has been conceived :D
hoseok comes to visit more frequently and he now has your number and emergency contact details so whenever he can, he’s asking how you and the baby are and stuff
he texts asking about your day a lot
mostly about the baby though
from hoseok: what are naming it ^_^
to hoseok: hmm i believe we haven’t gone over the names yet :)
from hoseok: i meant like a nickname!!
from hoseok: yoongi has been calling them “squid” because when we became friends we bonded over someone calling a sperm cell a squid cell and i guess it kind of stuck
to hoseok: omg i dont wanna call them squid then :-(
from hoseok: hmm how about simply ‘baby’?
but i want u to call me baby…
from hoseok: but i wanna call YOU baby and it might get confusing...little one? little guy?
to hoseok: haseul thinks its a girl teeheehee
from hoseok: so i’ve been told
from hoseok: okay, how about honey? i know i call you honey sometimes but honey can be exclusively our baby name
to hoseok: hmm
to hoseok: honey is cute :3
from hoseok: haha okay baby, honey it is then!
you’re waiting until week 14 for an ultrasound
seunghee did more research and said 14 is a lucky number and so it just seemed right
and also most women go around 14 weeks and later because by then the gender will be revealed and that’s exciting!!
THANKFULLY you weren’t planning to visit family for christmas because they’re abroad visiting family and so at least you can surprise them when they’re back with a baby scan and hoseok :D
“did you also know that the baby is now the size of a cherry?” guk said suddenly one evening, as he lay next to you in his bed, by the way, WHY you were in his bed when he woke up he has no idea. “that’s so cute. little cherry all snug in there, huh.”
you find that jeongguk is now...abnormally nice
like you loved that you and jeongguk could be brutal to each other and still be fine in the next three minutes
but ever since you found out you were pregnant, he’s been toning it down a lot
truthfully he doesn’t want to overdo it and add any stress on you during the pregnancy, and he just wants to be supportive and be ‘the best uncle in the business’, to which jimin competes
haseul and seunghee are the ideal best friends in this situation: haseul is so ready to be an aunt it’s crazy and she already has an amazon cart full of cute things and seunghee already claimed dibs on helping you and hoseok set up a nursery for the baby
it’s still being decided but there’s a big chance you and hoseok will move in together to raise baby honey together
the house you were eyeing is relatively close to campus and to flat 18, which they’re planning to rent out for the next two years of uni after this one
so it’s close to honey’s aunts and uncles and also close for hoseok to get to work and for you to get to classes
jimin is the friend who still doesn’t really know what to do in this situation
he replaced jeongguk as the annoying younger brother type, even though he’s a few months older than both you and jeongguk, he’s such a brat lmao
10 weeks
“i’m convinced that my boobs have got bigger- haven’t they gotten bigger?”
so it is one of those days where hoseok is free to come and visit you at the Holy flat 18
it’s become his second home because he comes by so often
seunghee isn’t so weirded out by her professor being basically one of her friends, and in-fact she tries to abuse this by trying to get him to give her “in-law special treatment”
(“i gave you special treatment on your ugly volcano!” “OI the mother of your child helped make that volcano!!!”)
he really doesn’t give any bias tho he basically passes everybody
“i mean,” hoseok begins, and you move between his legs for him to get a good angle. considering you two haven’t been ‘together’ long, you’re incredibly comfortable around him. “yeah, actually. wow, they have!”
“rIGHT? none of my bras fit me anymore. oh god, i’m gonna have to start buying granny bras- do you think they’ll get that big?”
“it’s possible. all women increase in size during pregnancy. actually, some can lose weight instead of putting it on.”
“not me.”
“no, but you look healthy and gorgeous and i like it.”
you giggle- the same giggle he remembers you doing on the Big Night- and shuffle into some bigger trousers that you and haseul went to buy a few days ago
clothes just aren’t fitting anymore and so while you’re upgrading to trendy maternity-style clothes haseul and seunghee are super excited to go to town with outfits they can make from your wardrobe
“well, good! because you’re stuck with me for the next….like, nine months.”
“technically, it’s seven months now.”
you glare
“but i’m gonna still be here after those seven months!!!”
“good!!! you better be,” you shuffle over to sit next to him with your legs around him- one behind and one over his lap and he smiles down at you, “because i’m growing fond of you.”
“well that’s convenient, because i’m rather fond of you, too.”
outside the door, jimin starts laughing “wtf it’s 2018 who says fond anymore?”
12 weeks :)
this morning you realise
wow
i’m actually pregnant pregnant
you’re starting to show now and honestly...looking at it, you realise how creepy baby bumps are
“oh my GOD, seunghee come look at it now it’s gotten really big!”
it’s not even that big
but it’s bigger
seunghee is so excited about this fact
the flat have been taking pictures of the bump every week and printing it so they can keep a timeline for when honey is born
jeongguk and seunghee are still dead set on honey being a little baby boy but haseul is trying to convince them otherwise
“we’re calling her honey for now, right? so, what i have planned, is, we buy her a bee onesie. representing both bees AND the bee movie. worlds best dressed baby.”
you started to develop a fear of going to class because you’re unsure on how people will take the news that you’re pregnant
you’re not that much of a popular person but everybody in the class knows you well enough to know that you’re not the type to sleep around
so it would be a valid shock to hear that you’re pregnant
but you have to go because you can’t afford to miss anymore classes
and you also have to….break the news to your professors because at some point you’re going to have to have a lot of time off to pop out a human being
“he’s the size of a plum by now, isn’t he?”
jeongguk is particularly excited about honey this morning and he has literally not shut up about them since you got into class
“yes, THEY are about the size of a plum- did seunghee tell you that?”
“omg no im a good best friend and i did all my research!! it’s so cute that they compare honey to fruits online- next week he’s gonna be as big as a lemon!”
class is….just your luck, pretty busy today
most students are in the drawing rooms and a few are drawing a still life model
jeongguk gets right to work finishing his final project while you head to the office to speak to your professor, who is really lazy and sits in his office all day and doesn’t even supervise
professor choi, the lovely lady who ends up running all classes, is the dearest angel and you’re ready to chat to her next
professor bowen, your grouchy art professor, is literally so :| when you break the news
like he could not give two shits
he puts down his coffee and is like “oh. well, i couldn’t tell. congratulations, talk to the dean about your maternity dates. and shut the damn door behind you.”
like
damn sir okay
professor choi <3 is so <3 excited <3
she immediately goes to touch your stomach and then quickly stops herself like “oops, silly me! i remember when i had my first child i was so picky with who could touch my belly!! heeheehee how many weeks are you darling!!”
she’s already getting so excited and inviting herself to the birth
like please professor choi
we love you but please don’t turn up for the birth
PLEATHE
she keeps making invitations to bring the baby to classes when they’re born because “obviously im amazing with babies and ooh i just can’t wait to see them! jeongguk- don’t tell me you stepped up and did this all by yourself?”
jeongguk nearly throws up
“EWWWWWWW wtf i mean y/n babe i love you but EWWHJFHJKS why would i want to be with y/n she’s like my annoying sister! no the daddy is ho-”
and you’re like BITCH STOP!!!
“....honestly the best man on planet earth? you definitely don’t know him at all.”
14 weeks :)
“okay, miss l/n. it’s going to feel a little bit cold, but we’re going to put some ultrasound gel on your stomach now, is that okay?”
it’s the day of the ultrasound!!!
for you and hoseok this is the Big moment next to birth because it’s almost like final confirmation that there’s a baby in there
at this point you’re starting to show a lot
it’s big enough for you and flat 18 to know there’s a difference
but tbh if people didn’t know you they might just think you’ve got a few pounds on you and nobody cares at all at uni like literally nobody gives a fuck about what anybody else looks like
hoseok got permission of the dean to get the day off (he told them that his girlfriend was going for an ultrasound and so he just had to be there, and the dean, not knowing any better, was all smiles and said, “of course, professor jung! congratulations! i didn’t know you were expecting, or even dating!”)
because the best thing about being jung hoseok is the fact that he’s well known and it gets him out of trouble sometimes
thankfully the dean is old and dumb and didn’t clock on to the fact that you paid her a visit like a few weeks prior asking about maternity dates :)
PHEW!!!
jung hoseok’s job: saved
hoseok is holding your hand reassuringly and is sitting to your left, the other hand on your ankle and his leg is going cRAZY it’s just bobbing like heck next to the bed
a part of him is still really sort of insecure because even though the sonographer and nurse present don’t know that hoseok is a professor at your uni, he still feels really weird knowing who he is and how you could do better and could be doing better and more if it weren’t for stupid him not putting on a condom
he is so excited to have this baby but he thinks about that a lot, about how he’s basically ruined your life by putting a baby inside of you
you look incredibly excited though, lying on the bed with your eyes really wide and expectant because omg this is your baby!!!!
now that you’re here there’s some finality
ever since you found out you were pregnant there had been so many doubts but now that you’re here, with hoseok, about to see honey for the first time…
alexa play Despacito cause this is epic
“okay. let’s see what your baby is getting up to in there!”
this sonographer is really enthusiastic apparently
“alrighty. so, as you can see...oh! always a good sign- we have a confirmed heartbeat. usually that puts parents at ease, knowing their baby is all okay and healthy in there!”
and then she starts listing off various body parts but in all honesty you cant see a thing
hoseok is very interested in the screen and his smile gets wider at every body part she lists off
you really should be invested in the baby inside of you but when he smiles like that :( you just wanna grab him and kiss him really deeply
“everything seems to be perfectly fine with your baby, miss l/n. a very beautiful baby. they’re about the size of a peach right now, isn’t that just incredible?”
hoseok’s grinning like it’s his default facial expression
he squeezes your hand really tight and kisses it three times
“that’s our baby,” you say, still in motherly awe. “they’re real! we did THAT!”
“yeah, we did,” he replies, lips still pressed against your skin. “i’m proud of you.”
“i haven’t done anything yet!”
but really you have
to him you’re one of the bravest people he’s ever met in his entire life and he knows it must be so so hard for you to accept the fact that you’re having a baby aged 20 during uni
not that it’s uncommon but it’s just….not particularly ideal? at this moment in time?
“im so happy right now.”
“me too, baby.” you squeeze his hands, “me too!!!! our baby!!!! honey is the size of a peach already!!!”
he starts laughing
hoseok is just so overwhelmed with emotions he genuinely feels like he might cry rn
“i’m so happy it’s with you,” he says honestly and like the nurse is like :’) and you’re like :’o “it could have been anyone at any point in my life, but i’m so glad it’s with you.”
you look at him in awe
because that’s the most romantic thing anybody has ever said to you
like
ever
you tug him gently by the hand and he brings himself forward and
SMOOCH
you believe this is the first kiss he has given you since the “big shindig” (for some reason, flat 18 are obsessed with calling everything a shindig and so it just sort of stuck)
so it’s a big deal
and it’s also at the place where your pregnancy was confirmed
it’s perfect
the nurse is like AWWWWWWWWW
the sonographer is just like “anyways ! do you want to know the gender !!!”
you and hoseok have talked about maybe finding out sooner
it would put flat 18 at rest knowing if honey is a girl or a boy
but deep down it’s like...if honey is a boy or a girl for definite you don’t want the nickname honey to go away when you start referring to it as a name you both like...and plus like isnt it way too early
hoseok is happy with whatever choice you want because he likes the element of surprise
you two decided a couple of days ago that it could be super cute to have a reveal party
jimin was particularly excited about that idea (“I’M GONNA MAKE THE CUPCAKES”)
“um actually, can you like put it in an envelope!! we want to have a reveal party so it’s gonna be a surprise for now!”
the nurse and stuff are like “omg yes of course!!” and so it’s sealed away in a little envelope
“i can’t believe we’re actually like...almost parents,” hoseok says on the way back to the car.
“i know. it’s so weird. i can’t believe WE’RE having a kid together.”
hoseok helps strap you in because he’s one of THOSE expecting fathers who like as soon as he knows it’s happening he’s cautious about EVERYTHING
literally everything
falling out of bed when he’s staying over? not allowed, he’s making pillow barriers
tripping over rugs? the rug is being rolled up and put away
hotel? trivago
“it’s actually super funny to me because like i always fantasised about boning the Daddy of biology and look at where we are right now!!”
he starts the car- “the ‘daddy of biology’? what??”
and you’re like, “oh yeah oops haha basically i had a fat old crush on you and we all started calling you that.”
“i’m...honoured? well i knew you had a crush on me already, heehee”
as he pulls out of the hospital he glances over and grins to himself. “if it makes you feel better, i remember telling yoongi about the cute friend of seunghee who comes to my class every other day. yoongi made fun of me for weeks afterwards, and now look at us!!”
(yes it boosts your ego a little bit)
when christmas comes around hoseok makes an ultimate surprise
you end up showing off the baby scan like it’s a broken wrist in primary school because everybody wants to see the little honey
jeongguk is CONVINCED he can see a penis and so he’s like 98% sure it’s a baby boy
haseul tells him several times that it’s literally honey’s foot but he’s having none of it
you call your mom and tell her that you’re coming to see her in early january
(specifically january 4th)
she’s weirdly suspicious about it but nonetheless excited
hoseok has made plans for you to meet his family just afterwards so you’re going to be showing off the scan quite frequently
flat 18 don’t like doing gifts at christmas but jimin always bakes goodies for the flat
this year you’re particularly upset because you have yet to taste jimin’s christmas cookies and you already took your recommended amount of sugar by the time his cookies are done
“one cookie won’t hurt honey,” seunghee says
“i’m not taking aNY risks with it!!!”
hoseok makes a stop by the flat after you’ve had your first christmas dinner as a flat <3 aw
he shocks everybody when he walks in because he’s gone the extra mile and got gifts for everybody in the flat
“it’s just a way of me saying thanks for looking after my babies,” he says as he hands out the gifts
you can literally feel jeongguk’s smirk
and of course !!! he got you like three gifts because you’re secretly like the love of his life
even though it’s really not a secret but still
he mostly gets you the typical christmas things like things he knows you wanted (like that sailor moon designer ring that you don’t need really but omg its gorgeous and you want matching)
the last gift is really small and you’re like :O because the small gifts are usually the super thoughtful ones
it’s keys….
you’re almost like “HUH”
then it clicks
“oh...my...GOD?????”
hoseok bought the place you and him went to check out a few weeks back (the one just a few minutes away from the flat and campus)
AND IT DOESN’T END THERE
he’s all giggly and happy when you start BLUBBERING about how you own a house and now you can get a nursery and omg no more listening to jimin and jeongguk screaming over super smash ultimate in the living room
“because i think it’s time we live together, as a family, you know?” he says, holding you in his arms and kissing your face really sweetly. “it’ll be so good, living with my girlfriend and soon enough, my baby.”
“g-girlfriend?”
“well, yeah baby, of course. wanna be my girlfriend? please?”
you cry even more
“wtf yes of course i do :(”
(flat 18 are extremely territorial and are only settled and content with you leaving when hoseok takes them to the house and they’re like :D okay we’re coming over every weekend)
((haseul cries when she sees the room that’s gonna be the nursery))
15 weeks ^_^
“what if your mom beats my ass?”
today is january 4th which means it is the day that hoseok is going to meet your family
and also the day they are going to indirectly meet the little honey :’)
honey is now the size of a navel orange according to the website that everyone in flat 18 has pinned on their laptop chrome browser
which is really cute
jimin is the flat 18 member who likes to call honey everything but honey and recently started nicknaming them after the fruits on the website
so he’s like, “good morning little satsuma!” or “hello navel orange, how are you?” when he sees you around the flat
you’re probably going to be officially moved out by next week which is really exciting teeheehee
“she won’t….probably. my mom is really nice! she’ll like you!”
“will she still like me when she finds out i teach biology to seunghee?”
“yes probably, i don’t think she really knows what that means.”
“what, biology?”
“no, i don’t think she’ll realise that you’re a professor at my- you know what, never mind that. did you lock the car?”
since christmas and becoming hoseok’s official girly, you two have just been closer than ever
hoseok is still really cautious about the baby stuff because this is obviously his first baby ever
he’s that person who thinks having sex will like kill the baby
of course, he did try it once
just to say he’d had sex with a pregnant lady
“that’s one for the bois.”
“what bois, you don’t have any friends, baby.”
“NOT true i have like 3 friends!!”
when hoseok timidly knocks on your mom’s front door he’s so so nervous when a big buff man opens the door instead
inside he’s like wtf i thought y/n’s dad was like GONE
but then you’re like “oh hi daren! yeah, this is my boyfriend, hoseok, hoseok this is my mom’s boyfriend!”
you didn’t tell hoseok just because you got pleasure seeing him look so terrified at the thought of telling ur Dad that he knocked you up
thankfully you’re not close enough to daren for him to have any protective feelings for you
not like a close dad would anyway
when he meets your mom it’s literally like meeting an older You
like
your mom is so nice :(
she greets hoseok really really excitedly and is all for embarrassing you within 5 minutes of you coming home
“did you know that it’s been exactly four years and five months since y/n came home with a BOY? she never comes home with anybody!!! i thought she was joining a nunnery!!!”
like omg…..so funny…...really, like, joke of the year
your sister is also here and she’s looking at hoseok like -_o because…. “i’ve seen you somewhere…”
now you’re shaking
omg does she KNOW
“i mean, he was at [cousin’s name]’s wedding hahahha...that’s probably how u know him….small world.”
“ew what do you MEAN he was there- he’s not family is he?”
o.o
“wtf no he’s a friend of [groom’s name] wtf Why would i be dating him if he was family What is wrong with you?”
you guys have a nice little snack and tea together and hoseok starts to feel really comfortable
but then Mrs y/n puts down her tea and sits back in her chair, slapping her thighs: “alright then. so what’s this big surprise you have for us?”
oh
oh yeah he forgot about the fact that you’re having his kid and you’re about to drop the news
suddenly he wants to throw up the brownies he just ate
and your sisters blue shirt looks like a perfect place to throw up <3
“well, it’s kind of been a surprise to us all, actually,” you begin, and you take hoseok’s hands in your own and your sister narrows in on it and she knows like right away
she thought she saw the bump but didn’t want to mention it because You’re the sensitive sister and if it was just weight gain she didn’t wanna handle you crying everywhere
but now she knows and she sits back in her seat and starts to smile
she wants to say something but hoseok looks at her like owo please don’t say anything sis
(she doesn’t)
“but, me and hoseok are in a very...close relationship-”
“oh god you got married didn’t you.”
“um, no, but, i’m sure that’s in the future, right? y-yeah? right, yeah, um…”
“it’s not something we’re discussing right now,” hoseok blurts out. “but, i mean, i want to? soon? like later?”
your mom is literally there like “well what is it????”
“.....i’m pregnant.”
“...oh.”
...
...
“REALLY???????”
your mom is shook to the core
she really doesn’t believe you until you whip out the baby scan
and she starts sobbing
like full on sobbing like she’s just been punched in the face by bowser
daren is all smiles and is like “wow congrats!”
your sister hugs both you and hoseok and says to hoseok in his ear “can you please sign my copy of “ouch mitosis” because it’s my favourite book and i totally knew you were famous the moment you walked in” and pulls away and is like “im so excited to be an aunt!!! what’s the gender!!! when are they due!!! what are you gonna call them!!!!”
needless to say your sister leaves with a signed copy of hoseok’s big money book
and your mom is now 100% hooked on the baby being called honey
week 17 :-)
you and hoseok are now homeowners officially !!!!!
flat 18 have come down to visit as a sort of moving in house-warming party and hoseok invited his “three friends” (by friends he means work colleagues lmao)
jimin is still weirded out by the fact that professor jung heard him talking about his fantasy of having professor min inside his GUTS and so tries to avoid hoseok and yoongi when they are together
hoseok also cannot forget hearing that :-( his ears :-( are tainted :-(
it’s your first real time meeting hoseok’s friends
like you’ve never really met namjoon or seokjin but you know of them
because everybody knows about the married Gays of your uni like it made the news and everybody was invited to their after party last year
(yes you went but only like for fifteen minutes because you remembered that you had an art history essay due the next morning that hadn’t been done)
for the sake of you and honey, seunghee tries not to be weirded out by the fact that so many members of staff are at your house and wtf hi professor min WHY are you here again
“can i touch?” seokjin asks really suddenly after hoseok is showing yoongi and namjoon the room that will be the nursery
currently it’s empty with like one box and that one box is full of clothes haseul ordered on impulse
“um. yes!!”
“are you sure? i know some moms get really protective over who touches and i don’t wanna overstep-”
“put ur freakishly big hand on my belly right now!”
he does and he gets really excited touching because he’s never actually touched a baby belly before
namjoon is most excited about the nursery and he’s listing off things hoseok could get
like “OOOO you could totally get one of those really big stuffed bears if you’re going for neutral tones- wait, that’s such a good idea? i’ll order one.”
and hoseok’s like mm okay sweetie sure whatever spend your money on me it’s okay
yoongi is really just. in awe of the baby scan
like it’s not even his baby and he’s tearing up like wtf that’s his niece or nephew that’s his mf baby!!!!!! that’s gonna be the person he spends all his cash on!!!!! he’s so excited to be broke and baby whipped!!!
“and so what, you’re like seventeen weeks?”
“yep! i’m almost four months uwu!!! honey is as big as a pomegranate, how cute!! time flies when you’re having fun huh!”
seokjin pauses and asks the big question like “but like what are you going to do about maternity? are they letting you have days off school? because i can totally send one of my sociology kids to take notes in your lectures because i have authority apparently and you’re like. family? i could do that.”
and you’re like “omg pls no that kid needs their own education!!!” and you tell him that your professors and the dean let you have time off near the due date (which should probably be around june!! a summer babie)
“but it sucks because i wanted to have a gender reveal party and invite some people from uni but then they’re gonna find out that hoseok is the dad and he could like lose his job :(”
and then seokjin is like: “wait but you study art and not biology?”
… “what do you mean?”
“well, policy says that you can’t have a relationship between a teacher and their student. but if you’re in completely different departments….and he doesn’t teach you, therefore can’t have bias over your grades or anything like that…..then really you’re allowed to be with him.”
..
what
wHY DIDN’T YOU KNOW THIS????
“since when is that a thing????”
“since like. the day our uni was founded?????”
ob viously when hoseok finds out he’s like O____O “how did you know that omg??”
and seokjin is so done he’s just sitting there with his face looking like this -__-
“it’s literally in the Faculty Handbook that you’re supposed to read before you join the uni as a teacher…”
and hoseok scoffs and grins sheepishly, “yeah well yoongi got me the job so i didn’t read any of that.”
(from across the room jimin groans)
((“so i guess this means i can’t seduce yoongi at a family wedding huh.”))
week 20 :’)
you have somehow adopted the name of “campus milf”
which jimin doesn’t think is that bad of a nickname
“it could be worse, y/n. let that sink in.” and he’s right it really could be worse
nobody actually really cares that you’re pregnant like really they could care less
some students say weird things but it doesn’t really bother you bc like lmao? who even are you Jongin Get out of here!
people aren’t 100% familiar with hoseok being the father but it goes without saying that it will be around campus in less than 15 hours because majority of the art department were present for the gender reveal and oh look
jeongguk invited taehyung and taehyung invited his friends and now there’s a whole bunch of jocks at the gender reveal party?????
the party is obviously at your house
YOUR HOUSE!!!! YES MF THATS URS!!!!
you invited your close family and flat 18 of course and jeongguk invited taehyung who invited his girlfriend binnie and his roomie jackson and jackson, being part of the football team, invited some of the jocks
you would have cared if the jocks hadn’t brought gifts but half of them turned up with a gift or food and so you’re like “okay well come on in boys i’m y/n hi we’ve literally never ever met”
it looks really funny seeing jocks in their fucking JERSEYS (like they couldn’t have changed for this one occasion) standing around your backyard with glasses of wine
oK maybe jeongguk has a vodka and dr pepper but that’s because he did blow up all the balloons from his lungs alone and he deserved a reward
hoseok invited his family too and his friends and that’s about it
your art professor is also here too and she is technically half of the art department (or half of those you care about because weird quiet kid Jisung didn’t wanna show up which is honestly really rude and suddenly you’re not friends anymore)
even though this party technically reveals the gender, you both asked for “gender neutral” clothes and by gender neutral you meant any colour besides the stereotypical blue and pink
because what if honey really likes the colour green? what then
you and hoseok let jimin be in charge of the reveal party and he’s done a pretty good job
for some reason he’s wearing his hoodie up and you’re like “literally what the fuck it’s sunny today?”
and he’s all surrender hands: “that’s exactly why. i don’t...like the sun.”
“what do you mEAN??????? you love the sun don’t lie??!!”
a couple of weeks ago you and hoseok made another visit to the hospital to see if the gender was 100% accurate
the process was weirdly fast and the sonographer was like “lol yeah it’s right” and then dipped
so when you have jimin the envelope he has peeped and done the thing
“haha lol i knew it.”
“no you didn’t??????”
but he did a really lovely job; there’s a cluster of balloons and cakes decorated with the Blue and Pink and there’s like a cute game on like guess the gender or something you don’t really care much about
hoseok’s family really want it to be a boy <3
mrs y/n wants it to be a girl and so does your sister <3
you don’t really care just as long as the baby is okay and healthy <3
when it’s time to reveal the gender jimin has decided that a fantastic way to do that is by giving you and hoseok like one of those party poppers that when it pops it bleeds like coloured confetti and stuff
you actually really like the idea because it’s not as awkward as a cake where you cut and it’s awkwardly long and the reaction feels kind of forced (you youtubed reveal parties)
so this one is really like a quick reaction so hopefully it will feel a lot more genuine!
“are you ready, baby?”
hoseok has one arm wrapped firmly around your waist and oh LAWD
he’s doing the smile
you know the smile
you nod and grin at him like “yep! let’s see who honey really is!!!”
so everybody is ready
so excited
jeongguk is filming like he can feel it in his bones rn that this babie is gonna be a boy
like it’s gonna be his son...half son….almost son….technically his non biological son
everybody does a countdown
“three!”
hoseok smiles super excitedly
“two!”
he kisses your lips super fast and laughs quietly
he’s so excited
“one!”
POP
wait what
you can feel your stomach CHURNING when the party popper releases literally nothing but black and white confetti
what just happened?
what does black and white mean?
you’re looking desperately between hoseok and the popper and then back to jimin who’s faking a :O by the patio doors
jeongguk is like “aw fuck should i restart?”
“omg is it a dud? what happened is this a busted popper please say it is omg is there something wrong with honey? is honey okay? oh my god is honey dead? oh my god why would we party pop that?????”
hoseok’s like “omg calm down it’s just a dud omg it’s okay”
you’re literally like about to cry
then jimin steps forward
“guys!”
and everybody looks
“yall gonna stress me the fuck out”
and in a viral video like fashion
he yanks down his hoodie and
oh wow
his head is a giant mop of blue
blue
BLUE MEANS BOY
ITS A BOY
everybody starts screaming and clapping and jeongguk is laughing his ASS off like this shit about to be the blurriest gender reveal video ever
“omg a boy!!! a boy!!! y/n we’re having a son!!! omg y/n our baby!!! our little honey!!!”
hoseok is over the freaking moon
like he has not been this excited since the first baby scan
you actually start crying now
“i’m not CRYING it’s just the pregnancy…. ok fuck OFF IM CRYING IM SO HAPPY!!! i’m having a son!!!!”
time for haseul to be both happy and sad at the same time
seunghee and jeongguk are like sucking eachothers titties right now like they are so hyped
“TOLD YOU !!!! I KNEW IT!!!!!”
hoseok brings you in for the biggest and longest kiss Ever
like you haven’t had many long kisses with hoseok because it’s been trying to build up a relationship time for the past three months of your life
but this kiss is so loving you almost faint
he brings you in so gently and holds your head in his hands
one thumb rubs across your cheekbone and wow. this kiss...is so good like are those stars???
“i love you.”
alexa...ALEXA PLAY DESPACITO RIGHT NOW
“i love You more,” you whisper against his lips and he makes this really cute noise at the back of his throat (kinda like one of those whines you do where it’s like too good to be true) and he kisses you again
jeongguk zooms in
“look at this….ugh, no respect for any single people here.”
(for a brief moment jimin’s bleached blue scalp goes unnoticed until yoongi compliments him on it)
((he disappears for like fifteen minutes in the toilet and yoongi doesn’t wanna know what he was doing))
22 weeks!!!!
hoseok really probably shouldn’t find you sexy right now
you keep going on and on and on about how un-sexy you are with swollen ankles and stuff
in his opinion you’re looking really good considering and he won’t say it but the weight gain looks good on you and it gives you a nice natural #dewy look that he really loves
he remembers how cautious he was about having sex with you at like. what? 10 weeks
character development time
he’s very aware of the research and the facts and so when you shuffle over to him and huff and act all extra EXTRA touchy he’s just knows
“omg are you horny AGAIN”
“im SORRY IT JUST HAPPENS”
and he doesn’t really care that you’re big and pregnant and yeah actually your ankles are kinda swollen but it’s fine
hoseok discovers that he actually really likes pregnancy sex
pregnancy sex always scared him bc omg what if my dick touches my KID that would be all levels of weird
but he is like a biology professor and knows that’s not realistic (he thinks)
and like he was aware that at some point during pregnancy, your body is gonna be producing a lot more fluid
but my GOD
he nearly bust a nut after 3 seconds because he just slid right in
unlike the big shindig 22 weeks ago, hoseok is so so SO careful during pregnancy sex
like he’s extra loving and strokes your hair and kisses your face and arms and stomach
he loves kissing ur tummy :(
esp after sex because he’s like “im sorry honey :( i know you must be traumatised in there.”
but in the moment he really does take advantage of the fact that your hormones are going crazy and it’s not gonna last forever
you’re a talker in bed and he knows that
you’re very vocal about how things feel and some of the things you say really get to his ego like his head is so big rn
“oh...OH, omg, yep, you found it, oh fuck- yes! hoseok, yes, right there-”
and you sound so fucking hot but he can’t be rough bc like Honey is gonna be SCARRED FOR LIFE
your thing is saying i love you during sex
like a lot
hoseok finds it so endearing that you talk and whine with like every thrust and then spill out a thousand “i love you’s” in under thirty seconds as you cum <3 because <3 that’s his girl <3 that’s the love of his life <3 and she loves him back <3 heeheehee
his heart swells with pride
((hoseok also gets extremely turned on that one time you call him daddy during sex and he HAS to find out how to get rid of that kink before honey gets here))
23 weeks :P
as promised, you invite seunghee to help you and hoseok paint the nursery
jimin came too but he literally did nothing
all he did was sit on the floor looking at baby furniture like
jimin sweetie these walls aren’t gonna paint themselves
you have decided on a cream and beige coloured nursery
because it’s unisex and also makes the room feel really bright and clean and nice for when honey arrives
hoseok loves yellow and since the nursery is primarily your favourite colours, a lot of smaller accessories are yellow around the room
seunghee had so much fun looking for ~yellow~ items because “monkeys totally match the theme and omg this mobile is monkeys and bananas its already on its way i’ve just ordered it.”
the nursery takes roughly around a week to get done completely
alongside your studies, some other art students who are now very aware of the baby and the bump helped paint some of the furniture while you were catching up on some work
example a: you accidentally ordered a dark brown chester drawers and when it arrived you cried for like 45 minutes
jeongguk asked some kids from class to come by your house after class and help paint it so you didn’t feel so stressed and so you could actually finish your art assignments in prep for exams
hoseok and jeongguk helped put up the crib because “this is not a one man job, y/n, this...this is a test of skill.”
yoongi comes around often to look at the nursery and he’s the person who won’t buy anything until the baby is out and in the world
namjoon definitely does buy the huge stuffed bear for the corner of the room and often you catch seunghee asleep against it because she comes by the nursery so often to help you and hoseok make it perfect
because hoseok has a full time job that really requires all of his time and sometimes he can’t be working on the nursery and marking essays at the same time :(
“hee, can you pass me the blankets from that box over there?” you point to a collection of boxes by the wardrobe and seunghee nods, practically running over
you’re both working on the nursery (it’s friday afternoon and classes are over, but unfortunately hoseok had to finish a meeting and he’s currently in his office ((at home)) finishing these essays for the weekend)
yoongi called and said he’d be round later because he wants to check in on honey (and you of course) and he’s also coming for dinner because it’s normal to invite jimin’s physics professor around
it’s totally fine
at this point you sort of forget that he’s a professor
yoongi has become like a permanent figure in your life since hoseok and you moved in
like flat 18, he’s literally always over
seunghee fishes out like three blankets because lord knows you have about three hundred thanks to haseul and namjoon and their impulsive buying
the nursery is basically finished at this point
all you’re doing is adding blankets and a few cute little pillows to the crib and then
hey pasta
it’s done :)
“y/n, i really can’t wait for honey to be here.”
you turn slightly and see seunghee running her hands over the chester drawers, looking at the cute little decorations and pictures on the wall and the monkey mobile and, her favourite part, the little bee wall stickers that hoseok found and thought were cute (“we call him honey, it seems fitting!”)
“me too,” you reply super honestly, setting down the blanket. “if you had told me at the start of september that i’d be here right now, in a house i own, pregnant with jung hoseok’s baby...i would have seriously laughed in your face.”
“i’m just...so happy that everything is working out for you!”
it’s time for seunghee to get especially sappy
“and i know that having a baby at twenty can be really hard and it hasn’t been easy for you- but i’m 100% here for you whenever you need me and i’m so so so so happy that jimin introduced us as friends because i love having you in my life….even though you slept with my biology professor….it’s okay….i love you so much….you’re like my sister and i’m so excited for honey have i said that i’m excited yet? cause i am!!!”
you blame pregnancy hormones because you start sobbing when seunghee blurts out all these lovely things
like how she’s grateful to be helping you in the nursery and how she thinks you and hoseok are such a good match and how she misses having you around the flat <3
“seunghee…” you bring her in for such a tight cuddle
seunghee is definitely that friend who even though she’s older she feels like the little baby sister that you want to protect from all harm on earth
even though she’s the oldest out of the flat 18 gang, you all look to her as like a baby sibling
(minus jeongguk that ONE TIME he made out with her….yes you remember the text message)
so you’re just hugging her in the middle of the nursery
hoseok is just about finished with essays and he refrains from like screaming out of joy
he loves being a professor but fucking hell
some of the GARBAGE his students write because they know he’s the cool professor who takes it easy on his kids
so he’s already packing everything away when he pauses
...is that...SQUEALING??
what’s happening??????
he assumes the worst and ZOOMS out of the office towards the nursery where you and seunghee are
safe to say that he’s so thankful nothing bad is happening
you’re holding your stomach with the widest eyes and smile and seunghee is like SQUEALING LIKE A DAMN PIGLET
“is everything okay???? what happened???? is honey okay?????? are you okay?????”
he blinks so confused when you wave your hands at him and beckon him closer
“HE KICKED HE’S KICKING QUICK QUICK HOBI QUICK--”
HE CROSSES THE ROOM SO FAST
seunghee is like crying to the side of the room and hoseok has both hands on your stomach
honey stopped kicking when hoseok put his hands on there
and he was like :( oh
“maybe he went to sleep?” seunghee doesn’t want hoseok to feel bad about it
you put your hands over his and then stroke your tummy
“it’s okay, honey, it’s just daddy! say hi to daddy?”
hoseok’s like seconds away from crying
like omg R His Eyes Filling Up
but then
honey starts kicking again
VERY ENTHUSIASTICALLY
and hoseok goes from :’( to :’D in like 2 seconds
“oh my god he knows it’s me!!! hi honey!!!! hi!!!”
he drops to his knees so that he can be level with the stomach and around about where honey is kicking
“hi honey! it’s your daddy,” he puts on this really cute cooing voice Like the typical baby talk voice
seunghee is texting the flat like HONEY KICKED ME
“he knows your voice,” you say with a little laugh, one hand on your tummy and the other threading through hoseok’s hair
“this is amazing,” he mutters, and then kisses your tummy and smiles, “did you feel that, honey? can you hear me?”
KICK KCIK CKICKCKCKCIC
“omg yes i think he can hear you holy SHIT-”
“don’t swear in front of honey!!!”
“he HURTS!”
everybody forgot that jimin was still here because he was napping in the living room and so he comes in really late and is like “OMG HONEY IS KICKING? WHY DIDN’T ANYBODY TELL ME??”
honey seems to be familiar with a lot of voices
he obviously really likes mommy’s voice and when she talks to him he likes to kick every once in a while
honey really loves daddy’s voice because when hoseok does his daily chit-chat honey goes crazy
honey also knows jeongguk’s voice really well
jimin is afraid to go near honey because he kicked him when he went to kiss your tummy
he also kicked haseul but she was like “OOOH HE HEARD ME!!!!” and doesn’t let it bother her because!!! she felt the kick!!!! that’s her nephew!!!!
26 weeks (yawn)
it’s starting to hit
the Pregnancy Pains
up until now you’ve been pretty blessed and actually it’s been a nice pleasant journey
but good grief it’s 4:56am and everything hurts
you physically cannot stay in bed any longer
for a moment you actually get really panicked because oh GOD labour is gonna be so much worse than this
like this is nothing
girl you have no idea what’s coming
hoseok has learned to become a light sleeper
you have a really weird sleeping schedule during pregnancy and sometimes he’d wake up at 6am to go to work and you’re already up doing stuff and he gets home at like 6pm sometimes and you’re flat out, then waking up at 3am to continue the day because you were in agony
so when you wake up at (nearly) 5am on a SATURDAY he’s like already up
his body clock is so weird now thanks to you and your weird sleeping habits
“hurts?” hoseok asks rubbing your back as you’re slumped over the side of the bed. he barely catches a nod and kisses your temple and hugs you, “i read on that baby website that baths can help ease the pain sometimes. should i run one?”
you nearly CRY
“yes yes Yes please omg :(”
so that’s how he got to where he is right now
sitting on the bathroom floor running a bath
he’s so careful to get the temperature right and he spends a good three minutes deciding which lush bath bomb is going to be used
(he settles on “honey bee” which was actually a gift he got you on valentines day but you never got around to using) ((he was skeptical because of the colours but baby is called honey so he thought it would be cute)) (((you loved it)))
you hobble into the bathroom and he’s just about finishing it up, running his fingers in the water to make sure it’s not toooOOO hot
you love watching the colours fizz in the bath and so naturally you have to be there to see it happen
seeing all the yellows was pretty exciting and hoseok’s just like :D watching you get happy by the colours
hoseok helps you get undressed as you just talk on and on and on
honestly
how do you have so much energy at like 5am in the morning…
he can’t help but notice how much you are GLOWING
like he hasn’t really seen many pregnant women
if any at all besides you
but you really look so pretty and natural and just wow he’s full of love
as you sit down in the bath, you grip onto his hand as he moves to get more comfortable and you’re like “do you wanna get in with me!!!”
“baby, i don’t think i’m gonna fit.”
“you will i promise, get in here!”
he’s skeptical
“yea...i don’t think im gonna fit, love.”
oh he does
he fits
if he fits he sits and he FITS
he really underestimated how wide this bath was and he sits with his back near the taps and you’re facing him
you have enough room to put your legs on either side of him and you’re like sitting between his legs and in all honesty the tummy is the only thing between you and him and his dick
but like you’ve seen it before you don’t care
and he certainly doesn’t care about seeing any bits of you bc your his bABY thats his GIRL
“this smells amazing.”
“yeah, smells like-”
“honey!”
with hoseok being like. a full time professor and with you trying to make it to classes in between awful pregnancy pains, it’s hard to find time to spend with you because he’s really busy
sometimes you do actually go to class and end up like falling asleep on the desk and professor choi is like torn between letting you stay there or sending jeongguk to get you and take you home
“thank you for this, hoseok.”
:D “hey, hey, hey...anytime you need anything, i will do it, okay?”
“i know babe and you’ve been so so so so helpful these past few months and i know it must have been hard and a big adjustment but im just so glad you’re here and that we’re raising a family together like this means so much to me that you’re here with me and i just love you a LOT okay like a lot-”
“y/n l/n!” hoseok playfully cuts you off and holds your face in his hands (his signature pussy-throbbing move)
his hands are wet and now so is your face but you really don’t care
“you are,” he continues, “the love of my life. i couldn’t let you do this alone. meeting you, being with you- starting a family with you has been one of the best experiences of my whole life. and i wouldn’t change that for anything!!! i love you so much, and i love you even when you’re cranky, and i love you when you ask for really disgusting things to eat, and i love you when you sing to honey in the mornings. i’m just...so in love with you and honey, i can’t even put it into words!!!”
and he starts speaking so damn fast
like you BARELY catch it
“and you’re thebest thing that has ever happened to me and introducing you to my family was the proudest moment of my life and we’re gonna be the best parents ever and god i love you more than anything i would Die for you.”
i…
damn…
“...i think writing a best selling book is probably more worthy of pride than boring old me.”
“books are like a ten man job thing. you and me and honey are a two person job thing and i’m so proud of us, so proud of you :(”
he draws you in with a really soft kiss and its so. soft. and nice.
yep his dick is right up against honey right now
honey, sweetie, im so sorry oh god close your eyes baby close ur eyes
“we should get out soon bc this water is looking really ugly.”
“yeah i agree let’s get out”
30 weeks :3
<Y/N has created a new chat!>
from haseul: eye
from y/n: baby shower. 2 weeks time. my house. bring gifts or food
from y/n: preferably mustard sandwiches or sardines :)
from guk: thats fucking NASTY nobody bring that
from hoseok: last week she wanted meatballs and milk………….
from guk: do pregnant women deserve rights? be honest
from y/n: well looks like guk is no longer invited :)
from guk: NO PLS
from seunghee: YEAH BOIIIIII I HAVE SO MANY GIFTS
from yoongi: why did y/n just privately message me asking for blended sardines Hell nah pregnant women dont deserve rights
from y/n: WHY ARE YOU SO MEAN RN :(
from hoseok: so! bring cakes !!!!!!
from namjoon: i have the best gift ever Not To Brag
from jimin: hi professor min how do you like the weather today
<y/n has removed jimin from the chat>
from y/n: can you let taehyung know the date? i dont have his number but he gave really warm hugs when i last saw him and i want another one
from y/n: tell him to bring his girlfriend too she looks like she’ll bring me a good gift
from hoseok: omg im dating a gold digger….
32 weeks !!!!!!!
“baby showers are technically just a way for the mom to get gifts. this is technically baby exploitation-”
“oh my god jeongguk if you don’t shut up im gonna shove this stick of celery up ur ass”
not that you’re ready to admit it to anybody
but yeah you organised a baby shower just to get gifts
it’s really only small
in comparison to your gender reveal party which was quite large
and even though a lot of expecting moms like having “women only” baby showers
you realise that you really want hoseok to be there
he’s been as important in the process as you have and you wouldn’t want him to feel left out
so this baby shower is open to everybody
again it’s only small: attendees are hoseok, yoongi, namjoon, seokjin, flat 18, hoseok’s mom and sister, your sister and mom, taehyung and his gf and professor choi because she was so excited
that seems quite large but in comparison to the gender reveal party this is really quite small and humble
“i can’t believe it’s almost been 8 months already,” haseul says, already starting on the cupcakes
jimin has started baking things more frequently to keep himself busy during exam season
“mhm!!! not long now!!!”
thankfully hoseok’s mom and sister get on really well together with your family and professor choi is like boring yoongi to death talking about something art related
namjoon and seokjin are taking a look at the finished nursery because hoseok’s really proud of how it turned out
it’s time to open gifts uwu!!!
most of the gifts are for honey
thankfully everybody stuck to the cream theme and there’s a lot of cute cream things for honey to wear and use when he’s born
seunghee keeps buying monkey related things for honey meanwhile haseul is hung up on bees
namjoon buys a lot of bear things
you just hope that honey doesn’t grow up as a furry
jimin and jeongguk are the friends who buy those cringey weirdly inappropriate baby shirts that have quotes like, “daddy’s fastest swimmer!” or like onesies that say “my favourite food is titty!”
you sit there like what the FUCK is this
and jeongguk is like “it’s a shirt !!! honey will look so cute in it!!”
“hONEY IS NOT WEARING A SHIRT THAT SAYS THAT WHAT KIND OF MOM DO YOU THINK I AM??”
yoongi is weirdly fashionable with his baby clothes
like he has a thing for those teddy coats and he bought like eight in different colours
“honey might like red, you don’t know yet.”
namjoon and seokjin together :( give the cutest gift :(
“oK so most professors end up writing books and stuff-” side eye at hoseok - “and so i just thought that, well, honey is gonna wanna grow up reading and stuff so i made this book!!! well, we made this book. everyone helped somehow and jeongguk drew the pictures and it’s just a little something for honey to grow up with reading”
you wanna cry
hoseok wants to cry
haseul cries
it’s not even for her but she cries
“its JUST REALLY THOUGHTFUL OKAY?”
you think it ends there with everybody giving gifts
but oh no
no
hoseok has a gift??????????????
“this gift is for mommy” he says with a bright smile and out the corner of your eye yoongi is squirming with a smirk
...what does he know that you don’t….
your sister is also smiling……
where’s ashton kutcher…….
you unwrap this little box and open it and
wow
OOOOOOOOOF
you’re so still staring at this really gorgeously simple ring that you don’t even notice hoseok getting down on one knee
HASEUL IS REALLY CRYING RN
“with honey close on the way, i figured i ought to ask before things get crazy.”
omg you brave looking at him and hes got that look again
THE FOND LOOK
AND YOUR EYES START FILLING UP
“y/n l/n i love you and i wanna spend the rest of my life with you :’) will you marry me?”
there is not a dry eye amongst flat 18 right now
haseul actually has to go outside because omg she’s so happy for you
seunghee teared up a little bit and jimin cried but then started laughing
jeongguk is being so dramatic about it
he’s crying as if his pet dog just died
“i...cant believe….my girl is all grown up….i cant...breathe rn omg…..can someone get me a drink?”
35 weeks :o
finals are here
but since jeongguk and haseul are art (sort of) majors their finals were earlier than other subjects
and so you decide to brave life and visit flat 18 :’)
you see a bunch of people on the way there because apparently a lot of people live off campus and walk at the same time as you
like why is everybody here rn
at this point you get a few more stares because
omg is that y/n l/n she’s HUGE!!!!!
you’re genuinely past caring at this point
you’re huge and your pregnant and you’re confident
jeongguk and haseul are the only ones at flat 18 when you arrive
it feels weird being back but it’s nice because flat 18 was once your home
your room hasn’t really changed much and you discover that . sometimes taehyung stops round and crashes in YOUR ROOM???
and if it’s not taehyung then it can be any one of their friends they invite around
which you’re only slightly hurt about
“jesus CHRIST you’re massive!!!”
“thanks jeongguk that makes me feel soOoooO good about myself <3”
“NO, fuck,” and he pauses because there’s a No Swearing Policy around honey since it’s not apparent that since he can hear everything he can probably hear jeongguk swearing too. “i just meant that! wow honey got really big :D not long now!! five more weeks until due date!!!”
haseul plops down on the other side of you
“i can’t wait until he’s here,” she says. “little honey is already the size of a pineapple- which is really crazy to think about!!”
it’s nice to spend some time with your friends after like weeks of being with hoseok
and don’t get me wrong you LOVE hoseok with like every single cell inside your body
but it’s nice to have some You time
and You time has always involved flat 18 like they’re drugs and you’re the addict you genuinely can’t be away from them because it starts to hit you hard :-(
haseul is like halfway through telling you something when you Feel it
and it feels Disgusting
you freeze and look down at your stomach
and you watch as honey makes a grand appearance
honey sort of “rolls over” and for a moment everyone is like >:O as honey’s whole body is visible moving across your stomach and it’s literally like there’s an ALIEN inside of you
“OMG OMGOGG that was so beautiful!!! honey, do it again for me, we have to film this for your dada!!” haseul runs to get her phone
meanwhile guk is looking at your stomach like “WHAT THE FUCK WAS THAT”
“i dont know but it felt weird”
“IT LOOKED LIKE YOUR STOMACH WAS GONNA EXPLODE”
you bet that honey is like giggling inside
honey: 1 jeongguk: 0
39 weeks…
at 39 weeks, with the due date so close by, you start to feel like something is really wrong
you did some research and while contractions were normal, this pain doesn’t really feel like contractions?
“baby please talk to me, i need to know what hurts so i can call the hospital and let them know.”
hoseok has never ever had to take a call in lecture before but this time he had to
he is so frantic that he set the lecture to a task and really quietly answered the phone at the front of the class
nobody is stupid and they’re all aware that hoseok and yourself are having a baby and so they really don’t mind that their lecture is being paused by you crying on the phone
“i-i-i don’t know...my body hurts and i can feel h-honey moving but he feels stuck or something...hoseok s-something is wrong i think i need to go to the hospital right now”
hoseok goes into full blown panicked dad mode
seunghee is sitting at the front of the lecture like, “hose-i mean, professor jung, do you need me to go and get another professor?”
he doesn’t reply, obviously distressed, and so she ends up waking up yoongi from a nap saying that she thinks maybe you’re going into early labour???
yoongi lets the head of the department know that hoseok has go to like right now and he enters the lecture hall like, “hoseok you need to go and see if she’s okay, don’t worry, i’ll try and go through the rest of the slides, just go, everything is fine”
and so hoseok BOLTS out of the lecture hall
forgets to set homework
and runs across campus to the car-park whilst still on the phone
(yoongi lets the class go because he really doesn’t know SHIT about Behaviour and Physiology of Organisms)
when hoseok and yourself end up at the hospital you realise that it’s not labour like seunghee thinks but things are equally as worrying
honey is currently in the breech position
“most babies are supposed to have moved at around 36-37 weeks, so it is alarming that your baby is still in breech, miss l/n,” the nurse is particularly sympathetic as she lets you and hoseok know
you’re totally lost but hoseok is holding your hand so tight and is so so worried
it’s not really the end of the world that honey is feet first but it’s problematic and means that labour is gonna be a bit more difficult
“well what does this mean? is he okay?”
“your baby is fine, it’s his position that is concerning. it will be more difficult to birth the baby because of his position in the womb- what is more concerning is that we were aware of this at your last scan. last time we saw you, miss l/n, your baby was in the footling breech position. of course, it was possible that he might shift during the time away, but he is now in the flexed breech.”
“w-well….what does that mean? is he gonna be okay?”
“when you are in labour, we will have two options; we can either go through with a vaginal breech birth, or a caesarean birth, depending on how willing he is to come out.”
when hoseok squeezes your hand you just. cry a little bit
“i dont wanna hurt him omg i dont want to have a c section either wtf i thought i’d just have to push him out oh no”
hoseok is feeling awful :( because what is he supposed to do :(
“so what should we do?” he asks really timidly
the nurse frowns and cleans up her things, “i would only suggest going home and staying at home until due date. it really is not recommended that we induce labour naturally but you need to be very careful. your son is not willing to turn on his own or with our help, so we will see what the situation is like during your very early stages of labour and we can discuss what method we go through with. are we leaning more towards a vaginal birth, miss l/n?”
you’re all snotty and sniffly but you nod. “please :( i really don’t wanna be cut open i saw what bella had to go through and im not doing that”
hoseok scoffs “twilight is not a reliable pregnancy source, baby.”
“i do believe that bella had no real pregnancy equipment and that her vampire husband had to cut the baby out of her without any sort of painkillers. in a worse case scenario, you do have to go through with a caesarean birth, you will be safe and we will do our best to relieve the pain for you.”
well that’s reassuring
when you two get home after a long day of panicking you’re incredibly alarmed to find that flat 18, hoseok’s close friends and your sister are all at your house like ??????? what are YOU DOING HERE
it’s like the spiderman meme
“what am i doing here??? i LIVE HERE??? what are YOU DOING HERE????”
“seunghee and yoongi said you were in labour???”
“well im not!!??? why would you think i was in labour?”
seunghee gets really defensive “UM hoseok was like on the verge of a mental breakdown at the front of the classroom and so it made sense that you were in labour?? im sorry???? at least we’re all here???”
you end up having to explain to a whole bunch of people that you’re NOT about to birth a pumpkin sized baby yet
but it’s really hard telling them that honey is like the wrong way :(
surprisingly it’s jimin and the married kims who are most worried about it
jimin just thinks that this means honey is like in real bad danger and he’s like omg :( my son from another mum :( wtf is honey okay?
and the married kims are never going to go through birth like this and so they do feel really alarmed
after hoseok reassures them that everything is (hopefully) okay everyone is sitting there like
:) ok what now
“....shall we order chinese food?” guk suggests
and so you all end up piled in the living room in weird positions watching hell’s kitchen whilst eating chinese food because :) might as well :)
40 WEEKS
your due date is like 4 days away
and you’ve been lying awake with really bad contractions for like 2 hours
but you’re so indignant like you refuse to believe you could be going into labour
hoseok is awake too and omg he’s doing his best
like he just doesn’t know how to help besides hugging you
and he does hug you like so closely and his hands running up and down your side and he’s like humming in your ear to try and take your mind off it
“i feel like im gonna fucking SHIT myself wtf”
he cant help but laugh sometimes, “wanna try for the toilet, baby?”
and you’re like “yeah im not really in the mood for like POOPINg in our bed is that okay?”
he’s already up and getting ready to help you walk across the room
lately you’ve been really wobbly whilst walking and in a lot of pain so he does whatever he can to help
he’s at the bottom of the bed and you’ve just stood up
….
huh
“i think i just peed myself?”
“what? why?”
“i didnt mean to!!!”
and you glance down
and wow thats a lot of pee
OH
“OH MY FUCKING GOD MY WATER JUST BROKE”
and oh my god hoseok has NEVER MOVED SO FAST IN HIS ENTIRE LIFE
he rushes to get all his things and honestly your stuff has been in the living room for the past week just in case
all you need now is to spend at least fifteen minutes trying to decide which book to take because obviously you’re gonna have loooaaaads of time to read
“Y/N YOU DONT NEED THE BOOK COME ON HONEY IS COMING WE HAVE TO GOOOOO”
what makes hoseok more panicked is the fact that yOU’re panicked
“omg y/n please calm down i’m driving as fast as i can please please please omg”
“I CANT WHY IS HE COMING NOW HE’S NOT SUPPOSED TO BE HERE YET”
hoseok crosses like 2 red lights and he’s freaking out double
“I JUST BROKE THE LAW”
“OKAY AND IM HAVING A FUCKING BABY SO KEEP DRIVING MISTER!!!”
you’re an angry birther
as he drives you decide to call jeongguk through the car because #technology
he answers like immediately
“hi babe whats up”
“JEONGGUK IM HAVING A BABY RIGHT NOW PLEASE COME TO THE HOSPITAL”
“what wha-WHAT OH MY FUCKING GOD HE’S COMING??”
“YES PLEASE TELL EVERYBODY- oh fuck hobi it hurtSSSS i wanna go home im not pushing him out yet-”
in the background guk has dropped his phone and is literally screaming around the house
in the back you can hear all of the flat screaming together because HONEY IS COMING
nobody is calm
when yoongi finds out he literally does not know what to do
when you hang up mid sentence he sits staring at the wall like “....omg”
quite literally everybody is a little stressed out when you’re at the hospital
your room is really nice and you’re like “oh wow hoseok you really spoiled me here, too bad i can’t enjoy it because im pushing out a WATERMELON”
obviously because honey is bum first instead of head first things are a little complicated
you’re actually really far in labour already like your mom said it took her like 5 hours to have your sister but turns out it’s been like 32 minutes exactly since your waters broke at home and the nurses seem to think you’re ready now
“NOW??? AS IN RIGHT NOW!!!”
“yep!! let’s bring your son into the world!!”
you discover by simply listening to the nurses that you’re going to be attempting an assisted breech vaginal birth and immediately you get panicked and flustered
you promised haseul and seunghee that they could be there during the birth :(
you had offered it to guk at first but he was like “i am nOT ready to see your vagina i’m sorry” and jimin said he wasn’t sure if he was up for seeing you in a lot of pain during the birth
and yoongi didn’t really want to be there for it because he’s a bit like both guk and jimin
hoseok didn’t mind at all that seunghee and haseul were asked to be there
in fact he was really encouraging of that fact
because both of them were there since the start
like
they watched u pee on those pregnancy tests
so you’re getting really anxious because what if honey comes before they’re here
“miss l/n i need you to breathe for me- please control your breathing! are miss l/n’s scheduled guests here?”
“...they’re in the lobby right now. they’re on their way, miss l/n. keep doing those breathing exercises- yes, there we go!”
hoseok is being nothing but supportive
he’s wiping down your head and holding your hand so tight
“you’re doing amazing, baby, you’re so so brave, i love you”
FINALLY haseul and seunghee bust through the doors
guk, jimin and yoongi are currently like milling around somewhere and your parents and hoseok’s parents have been told the news by guk and yoongi
you’re really fucking scared to have this baby
you did the stupid thing of googling what happens during a breech birth and it made you have a full blown panic attack after reading that honey could die during delivery
now that everything is ready for birth you’re really so scared that honey might not make it
before the midwives prop up your legs on the stirrups you take a good amount of gas an air
an epidural was suggested but hoseok knows that it’s not going to make that much of a difference for honey
and you just want to get him out of you quite honestly Nobody has time for an epidural like just get him out
hoseok feels AWFUL when you’re literally screaming in agony over honey
seunghee and haseul are being so encouraging but all hoseok can do is like stare with tears in his eyes because oh no WHAT HAS HE DONE
the midwives encourage you also with a hands off approach until honey’s bum and bottom half is out
their so vocal and warm like “you’re doing amazing, y/n, just keep pushing!! i can see his feet!!!”
and so you just go for it
you’re mentally praying you don’t like pass out from pushing too hard or worse, shit all over the bed because apparently THAT’S A THING
you’re too busy crying to notice that the midwives look really shocked when honey’s bottom half is out
hoseok gets curious and decides to make sure honey is okay
and he looks and is like “oh WHAT THE FUCK?”
only he doesn’t actually say that
actually he doesn’t say anything
“keep pushing, y/n, h-he’s almost out.”
why are they so hesitant
oh god it hurts so bad
you want to die
you don’t want to have a baby anymore
and then finally
RELEASE
you feel like you can’t breathe but oh my god
the sound of honey SCREAMING is like music to your ears because
HE’S OKAY
but why is everyone acting so WEIRD
you peer up over your legs and take a glance at honey like squirming in the midwives hands
and
oh
Oh WHAT THE FU-
“oh my god his penis fell off!!!!!!!”
honey is a GIRL???????????
HOW DID THIS EVEN HAPPEN???????
you don’t really care that it’s not a boy but like. YOU THOUGHT SHE WAS A BOY
regardless the midwives do their thing and hoseok is back next to you like :O
“you did so well i’m so proud of you i love you so much- you did it! you did it you’re okay honey is okay!”
“honey is a GIRL?”
haseul is torn between being sad and happy because she wanted it to be a girl she kNEW FROM THE START THAT HONEY WAS DESTINED TO BE A GIRL
it turns out that the sonographer was never 100% on it being a boy and all this time the “penis” was probably just a toe or something or a glitch
because honey is definitely a little girl
a precious beautiful little baby girl
hoseok’s baby girl
he totally cries
no
he WEEPS
there are no dry eyes in the birthing room rn
honey is so gorgeous
she definitely has hoseok’s features like she has his eyes and his nose and his ears :(
the midwives let mommy hold honey for a little while
“skin to skin is very important!!! she’s not a little boy like expected, but she’s a perfectly healthy baby!”
if she wasn’t covered in disgusting gloop you would have kissed her all over
but as a mother that instinct is there
you kiss her forehead and her hands and you’re looking up at hoseok like what the fuck we mADE THIS PRECIOUS LITTLE HUMAN
hoseok is crying as if he just had to endure twenty five minutes of agony and had his vagina ripped open
he’s just so happy right now
thats his kid
HIS
THATS HIS BABY GIRL
HIS TWO BABY GIRLS!!!!!
his emotions have been a big fat rollercoaster like it went from panic when your water broke to major panic when seunghee and haseul hadn’t arrived and then horror when you were like screaming in agony and then shock when he thought that honey’s penis has fallen off during BIRTH because NOBODY EXPECTED HONEY TO PULL THE BIGGEST PLOT TWIST OF THE YEAR
now he’s like over the moon he’s so so so so happy
the nurses help get the placenta out but honestly you’re just numbed like you barely register it shooting out
“okay daddy, wanna cut the cord?”
he’s like “no i really dont it looks like a big weird worm”
he still does it anyway
it’s a weirdly fulfilling experience
when it’s time to clean up little honey, you finally break the news to everyone outside
they’re in a mild state of utter confusion
guk is like “well what happened? did it like. grow inside? where did it go?”
and jimin’s like “oh. so it was just a toe or something”
guk is really a little bit disappointed because he wanted a boy so badly but !!! a baby girl !!! a niece!!!!!
(he figures honey will like dinosaurs and naruto all the same as what boy honey would have)
hoseok has made the bed his bed also
he’s snuggled next to you and you have honey on your chest and she’s sleeping so soundly :’)
“have you guys picked a name?”
guk is halfway through eating the fruit salad that haseul made before leaving to get here on time (“you were late because you were making A FRUIT BOWL?” “IM SORRY I WAS HALFWAY THROUGH MAKING IT AND I COULDN’T JUST LEAVE IT”)
you and hoseok hadn’t thought much about it to be honest
although you had talked about it a few weeks earlier
(“i like the name jiyun for a boy” hoseok had said one evening. the two of you had decided that honey should have a korean name like their daddy and you were a-okay with it!! for the sake of your family you were willing to give him or her an english name that you were still undecided on.
you tested out the name. “jiyun. jung jiyun. omg it sounds really cute! what does it mean!!”
“hmm it can mean many things usually, but its usually meaning happiness and posterity, soft sleekness.”
“oh, so it’s one of THOSE names where it has like three meanings.”
“yeah :D”
you laugh. “okay, and how about a girl?”
“how come I’M the one making the decisions???”
“i’m saying yes or no, i’m helping!!”
hoseok huffs and hugs you closer. “uhh, okay. well. me and yoongi had talked about this, and he agreed that yeojin is a cute name. jung yeojin. it means beautiful and precious.”
you...fall in love with that name
“ngl i kinda want honey to be a girl now.”
“omg just for the NAME??? thats cheap”)
you nod at guk sleepily
the room is actually sort of filled with people
because hoseok wrote a book and was on tv he’s Hashtag special
flat 18 are in the room rn because yoongi had to run to pick up namjoon and seokjin and your parents are still like. not ready or here
hoseok’s family couldn’t be here because they were vacationing in europe and their flight got cancelled
“jung yeojin!”
everyone is really satisfied with that name
“are you giving her an english name, too?” seunghee asks, sitting next to the bed with her finger tucked in yeojin’s grasp
you have this twinkle in your eye as you smile down at yeojin and then up at hoseok
“i think the name honey has quite a ring to it, don’t you think?”
hoseok can’t smile any wider holy fuck
“mhm. i couldn’t agree more.”
(seokjin and namjoon arrive later than expected, but seokjin cries as if he was there for the entire thing.)
this. took. so . long. to. upload. but. i . love /. it
+ for visuals and more info please visit here!!
297 notes · View notes
taexual · 7 years ago
Text
Bad For Me - 1 / BamBam x Reader
Tumblr media
part one / part two
BamBam is your typical campus fuckboy and yet you’ve also seen a completely different side of him. Curious to find out what he’s really like, you end up accidentally setting yourself up for an adventure that only has two possible destinations: love or heartbreak.
pairing: college!au – BamBam x Reader
warnings: strong language, alcohol use, mentions of suggestive themes, angst
words: 5.4k
disclaimer: please let me know if the gif belongs to you so i can give proper credit
ANON REQUEST: College!AU fuckboy Bambam <...>
Tumblr media
You’ve seen BamBam before. Well, everyone at this party has – word on the street was that he showed up to nearly every frat party on campus – but barely any of them have seen him during actual lectures. But you have.
Actually, about a month ago, you’d have had no idea that the outgoing and – somehow surprisingly – smart boy at the back of the class was the same BamBam your roommates had been talking about since the start of the school year.
“He’s hot,” one of them had said. “I know he’s slept with pretty much everyone on campus, but, you know what, I don’t blame him. With looks like that, I’d get around, too.”
She was right, obviously. But aside from being good-looking – maybe that was an understatement, BamBam was truly hard to take your eyes off of – he was also very observant and never shied away from a challenge, choosing to combat the most difficult presentation in your psychology class. He even managed to get an A on it, which hasn’t happened to any other presenter in this course, but, according to the professor, BamBam was utterly captivating as a presenter: he was able to convince everyone that he knew all that he was talking about, he didn’t hesitate, and he delivered speeches like he’d rehearsed them three-hundred times before.
You were one of the few people who knew this side of him, though. Usually, people from your course weren’t often seen at parties like this and, to be honest, this had to be your first party since the semester started two months ago. You couldn’t help but come, though. You were too curious about him.
Somehow, BamBam managed to live two lives at the same time – one, where he was the smart, eager-to-please student, putting everyone else in your course to shame; and another one, where he drank and slept around every weekend.
This duality was what attracted you to him the most. Had he been a simple guy with fuckboy tendencies, or just a simple student with an extraordinary ability to not fall asleep during the most boring lectures, you would have probably not even noticed him. But he was both and, as odd as that sounded when you reached a certain point in your life and met a certain amount of people, you’ve never met anyone like him before.
Your abscence of knowledge about conversation starters when you found yourself face-to-face with BamBam in the kitchen of the houseparty both of you were attending, was almost embarrassing, though. You could feel yourself starting to blush as you considered striking up a conversation about Foucault – the latest author analyzed in your philosophy lectures – but then decided that this wasn’t the right occasion for this. BamBam might have been an opinionated student during the lectures, but you didn’t want to break his tough-guy image here.
“Hey,” he suddenly spoke, clearing the awkward silence that had settled around you while you struggled to find what to say to him. “We have classes together, don’t we? I feel like I’ve seen you before.”
“Uh,” you hesitated, not having expected him to recognize you. “Yeah. We do. Psychology and—”
“—philosophy,” he finished for you, nodding to himself as he remembered your face. “That’s right, I remember. I’m BamBam.”
He probably introduced himself only because he wanted to know your name – you didn’t blame him for not knowing it, there weren’t any legends about you on campus – but you appreciated that he was keeping the conversation going.
“I’m not usually a party person,” you added, after giving him your name. “Not really my scene.”
“Yeah, I figured,” BamBam replied, a small smile playing on his lips. “I would have definitely known your name – and more – if I’d seen you at a party before.”
Ignoring the fluttering feelings in your stomach, you chuckled quietly. “I guess I don’t really know what I’m doing here.”
“I’m glad you decided to come,” he said and then nodded in the direction of the lounge. “I can show you around. One of my friends owns this house, so I’ve stayed here a hundred times before. It’s not exactly a museum but… he does have a pool out back.”
“He does?” you were surprised. “Is this his parents’ house?”
BamBam smiled. “It’s obvious, isn’t it? But, actually, this is his sister’s place. She’s out of town so he’s, uh, house-sitting.”
You looked around the kitchen – all the counters were littered with endless amounts of abandoned pizza slices, empty bottles, and plastic cups – and then took a deep breath.
“Yeah, that’s… that’s, uh, one way to house-sit,” you commented. “I hope he watered the plants, at least.”
“The—” BamBam started to say and then laughed. “I’ll let him know he needs to water those. Do you think that’ll save him from the shit his sister will give him when she sees the condition of the house?”
“Probably not,” you replied. “But it might soften the blow if her favorite houseplant isn’t dead.”
“Right, right,” he nodded, amused for some reason. “So, how about I show you that pool, then? It’s quieter in the backyard, we can talk there. Hopefully, not about houseplants, though. I couldn’t name one if you asked.”
You chuckled, nodding. “Yeah, okay.”
You’d have been lying if you said you didn’t know what the offer to talk in a quieter place meant. And yet, even though you had no intentions of hooking up with BamBam, you still followed him out of the house and into the backyard.
Just like he said, there were no people here and the two of you found yourselves in the company of a brightly illuminated pool. Despite it being October, it was still full of water.
“Does he ever drain it?” you wondered.
“Yeah, when there’s no party,” BamBam replied, closing the door of the house. “You’ll see how fast it’ll fill up with people in a couple of hours.”
You scrunched your nose in disapproval. “I have never been drunk enough to swim outdoors in October.”
“It’s heated,” he added helpfully. “So, you don’t have to be drunk to enjoy it.”
“Still,” you commented, approaching the edge of the pool. You debated squatting to check the temperature of the water but decided against it.
“Are you saying you wouldn’t want to take a dip?” BamBam asked, a teasing tone in his voice. “The water looks inviting.”
“I don’t think so,” you shook your head, turning away from the water to look at him. “Not a big fan of chlorine.”
“Allergies?”
“No. It just tends to irritate my skin,” you replied. “And it’s not good for you in general.”
“It’s not, is it?” he agreed, suddenly stopping to put down the plastic cup of beer he’s been carrying around with him. “Sometimes we voluntarily choose things that are bad for us, though, don’t we? Like alcohol. Or cigarettes.”
Not having expected the shallow conversation to suddenly turn deeper, you hesitated, “uh… I guess so? Wh-what are you doing?”
His hands gripped the edges of his shirt as he moved the material over his head in one swift motion, discarding the shirt he was wearing.
“I’m going for a swim,” he declared then, working on the belt of his jeans. “I’ve decided that I want chlorine to be another bad thing I’m choosing for myself tonight.”
“I…” you weren’t expecting to see him with this little clothing on, so, naturally, all ability to speak escaped you as soon as he jumped out of his jeans, and stood in front of you, only in his underwear.
You obviously weren’t drunk enough for this type of confident behavior on his behalf – and yet, if someone else had told you that BamBam randomly undressed in front of them at a party, you would have believed them immediately; this was such a BamBam thing to do – so you downed the rest of your beer in one big gulp.
“I strongly suggest you reconsider,” he told you, glancing at you over his shoulder as he turned around to face the pool. “Swimming alone isn’t fun.”
He jumped before you could respond, the water droplets splashing you as BamBam’s body slid underwater before resurfacing a moment later. How he managed to look graceful while drunk and in the middle of an empty pool in October was beyond you and BamBam – as if sensing your surprise – laughed boyishly, bringing his hand through his hair so it wouldn’t fall into his eyes.
“The water’s great,” he said then.
“Did you bring me out here with the intention of getting me into the pool?” you asked, squinting your eyes at him.
“Maybe,” he replied shamelessly. “You look stressed. Swimming is a good way to relieve stress.”
“Is it?”
“I don’t know. I’m just making stuff up to get you into the pool.”
This got you to laugh. “Are you always this honest?”
“No,” he replied honestly. “There’s just something about you.”
A subtle, sly smile was on his face when you looked at him and you scoffed, shaking your head. This was clearly a line he’s used on plenty of girls before, and yet you would’ve had to be made of stone not to feel flustered.
“That won’t get me anywhere near the pool,” you told him, trying to resist a smile that threatened to appear on your face when you saw him pout.
“You’re no fun,” he said, splashing water in your direction and chuckling when he heard you squeal and jump away from the poolside.
“Hey!” you called out. “I can be fun. I just don’t want to catch the flu after swimming in the cold.”
“You won’t. The pool’s heated,” he reminded you.
“And when I get out?” you asked then.
“I’ll warm you.”
You looked at him – and, of course, BamBam had the biggest grin on – and shook your head again, partially because you were refusing his offer, but also because you wanted to shake away the continuous surge of butterflies his words seemed to give you.
Was there anything BamBam couldn’t do? He was smart, good-looking, and he possessed the skill to get any girl he wanted – he really needed to leave something for the rest of them
“Very tempting, but I’m sure you’ll be shaking by the time you leave the pool,” you told him, not intending to play hard-to-get but piquing his interest even more. “So, it’ll have to be me warming you in the end.”
“Even better!” he exclaimed, splashing the water around. “Body warmth works much better than any type of towel. It’s been proven.”
“Is that another one of your facts, scientifically based on your wish to get me into the pool?”
He was laughing before you even finished the sentence.
“You read right through me,” he said, his wide smile looking too playful for you not to smile back. “But okay. I got it. Can you bring me my clothes?”
“Your clothes?” you stopped pacing alongside the pool and turned to look at him.
“Yeah,” he said. “I’m getting out. It’s going to be cold, just like you said. I’ll use my shirt as a towel.”
You only hesitated for a moment. Maybe you debated if helping him was worth getting wet but you didn’t want this to become awkward, so trying not to give this too much thought, you gathered his discarded shirt and pants and then warily approached the edge of the pool.
“If you pull me into the water,” you warned, leaning down to place his clothes on the poolside. “I will kill you. Keep that in mind, yeah?”
However, as soon as you squatted, in a move that seemed more fluid than you would have anticipated, – he might not have looked like much power-wise, but looks could be deceiving, – BamBam swam up to you, grabbing your waist and pulling you into the water with him. He completely ignored his clothes that you ended up tossing into the pool in shock.
You didn’t even have enough time to open your mouth to scream before there was water – and BamBam’s hands as he caught you – all around you. Immediately, your clothes started to cling to your body and your hair glued to your face.
“Bam!” you yelled as soon as you surfaced out of the water, pushing him away from you. “What did I just tell you?! I—look at our clothes, they’re all wet!”
“I know, I’m sorry about the clothes,” he said, not looking sorry at all. “I couldn’t find a more effective way to get you in here with me.”
“You don’t listen, do you?” you asked, desperately trying to brush your hair out of your face but failing and sighing instead.
BamBam shook his head, smiling as he lifted one of his hands from your waist and brushed the strand of hair that’s been bothering you away from your face.
“Being all wet and pissed off suits you,” he told you then, taking your momentary silence – you couldn’t help but freeze at the gentle movement of his fingers against your cheek – to his advantage. “You look so vibrant like this.”
“I doubt it,” you looked away from him, but you weren’t able to escape his close presence as he held you in the water as if you’d drown if he let go. “I look confused and completely soaked.”
“That, too,” BamBam added only half-jokingly and then laughed when you glared at him. “I didn’t say it’s a bad thing. You make this look work. But if you’d rather take the wet clothes off, I won’t stop you.”
Of course, he’d say something like that. And, of course, it would ignite electricity inside of you as you realized he was nearly naked right in front of you, his face less than ten centimeters away from yours.
“I’m content with them on,” you said, your voice shaky. “Are you—um… are you comfortable here like this?”
“What, without any clothes?”
Acknowledging it made your face heat up.
“Yeah, that, too,” you said. “But I meant, uh… holding me.”
“Oh,” BamBam looked down at his hands around you underwater. He hadn’t realized he was touching you, it was almost as if his hands naturally made their way around your waist. “Do you want me to let go of you?”
With shivers and a spark of electricity going from your head right down to your toes, you managed to shake your head slowly, “no.”
He nodded, happy with your answer.
“Good,” he said. “Because I wasn’t going to anyway.”
He was completely in control of the situation and, at the same time, he seemed to unconsciously follow you. He only inhaled after he heard you inhale. His lips only parted after yours did. His eyes followed the trails of water down your face until they reached your lips after your eyes had done the same. In fact, BamBam only leaned in closer to you after he felt you lean in first.
However, you couldn’t tell who initiated the kiss because analyzing what was happening was the last thing on your mind when you felt his plump lips come to rest between yours. The kiss was so gentle, you were sure you were imagining it and your hands found their way to his shoulders simply to make sure he was really there.
He was. And as soon as he felt you touch him, he took that as encouragement to deepen the kiss and, after pulling away just slightly to gain a better angle, he brought his tongue over your bottom lip.
You responded to him by parting your lips and allowing your tongues to touch slowly, sensually, and, most importantly, expectedly. As if both of you have been tip-toeing around the inevitable, just anticipating when you’d finally give in and touch each other.
It was a myth that fireworks erupted when you kissed someone special because you swore you could feel blissfully painful cannon shots rain down on you when your tongues danced together in a passionate kiss, the wetness of your clothes and your irrelevant lack of knowledge about each other long forgotten.
His kisses grew more feverish as his hands slid down from your waist to your hips. The feeling of his touch seemed to set you on fire, which contradicted with the water all around you and, thus, made you dizzy. However, you knew BamBam already possessed the ability to make your head spin, everything else only strenghtened whichever emotion he made you feel.
He hummed softly when he felt you grip his shoulders tighter – you couldn’t help but hold onto him harder as his lips moved against yours faster, no longer caring about how messy the kiss was – and pushed your body against the wall of the pool, his bare chest pressing against yours as his hands roamed around your sides.
As soon as you felt his hands slide under the shirt you were wearing and his lips made their way down your jawline, you inhaled deeply, wanting to enjoy him so close for another moment before you had to stop. This wasn’t what you’d come here for. And yet, it felt so wrong to stop…
“Bam,” you whispered, your voice lacking firmess.
“Hmm?” he hummed against your neck and you felt goosebumps rise on your skin everywhere he touched you.
“I-I…” you tried to speak but every rational explanation refused to present itself in your mind. You couldn’t remember why you wanted him to stop. But just the small hint of hesitation in your voice was enough for him to pull away from you and give you a look.
“Everything okay?” he asked.
Everything was more than okay. He looked so beautiful with his excited eyes, slightly puffy lips, and flushed cheeks, and you already knew you were going to regret this.
“I can’t—I won’t—I…” you struggled before swallowing thickly and finally getting yourself together. “I’m not going to have sex with you.”
God, it sounded worse when you said it out loud, but was there really a proper way you could have said this without making yourself – and him – cringe?
You couldn’t even look at him when you said it, but BamBam didn’t even flinch.
“Okay,” he said, his hands still on your hips. “You don’t have to.”
“I-It’s not because of you,” you said then, feeling the need to explain yourself even though he wasn’t demanding any type of explanations. “I just… I had a bad experience with a one-night-stand before. That is, I didn’t realize it was going to be just a one-night-stand, so I’m not really… into that.”
“That’s fair,” BamBam nodded, understanding. “It doesn’t have to be a one-night-stand.”
“Uh—what?”
You thought you misunderstood him but he just shrugged his shoulders and continued as nonchalantly as before, “I can take you out. We don’t have to hook up tonight. We can spend some time together instead.”
This wasn’t what you expected him to say and you found yourself at a loss for words – how many times have you not had what to say to him ever since you met him? – for a few moments.
“Are you… only saying that to get me to sleep with you?” you ended up asking lamely.
He shook his head and his playful smile returned. “No. Now I won’t sleep with you on purpose.”
You laughed, his easy-going tone calming you down. It was difficult rejecting someone but BamBam didn’t make this feel like a rejection. He almost made it feel like a promise.
Then, after pressing another soft kiss to your lips – that took you off-guard and nearly made you jump in surprise – he let go of you and eased himself out of the pool, extending a hand to you as soon as he was on the ground.
“Come here,” he said, helping you out of the pool as well. “Are you cold?”
Obviously, you were – just like you said you’d be – and he noticed that before you even answered his question.
“Yeah, I’ll go—” you started to say but BamBam wrapped himself around you, his half-naked body not providing a lot of actual heat and yet you felt yourself burn up at his touch. “What are you doing?”
“I told you I’d warm you,” he replied, starting to move towards the house. “Come, let’s go back inside. We’ll find some clothes to change into.”
Tumblr media
Another side of BamBam that almost contradicted everything else about him was revealed to you over the course of the next few weeks when you and him started to spend more time together. He turned out to be one of the most caring people you’ve ever met – always making sure you ate, got enough sleep, and finished all of your reading – which wasn’t a trait you would have assigned him before you got to know him. After seeing the way he argued during classes and hearing the way he treated other girls, you would have thought BamBam would be the furthest thing from caring, but – just like with everything else about him – he proved you wrong.
It wasn’t long before you realized you might have been actually falling for him. But how could you not have? He kissed you every time the two of you were alone but the kissing never escalated because he seemed to almost sense your reluctance. He was waiting and you weren’t sure if he’s ever waited for anyone before. You couldn’t help but feel special.
“Are you aware that you’ve been glowing ever since that party two weeks ago?” one of your roommates told you when she heard you come back from your ‘study session’ with BamBam – really, you just made out while surrounded by books. “It’s honestly pissing me off.”
“I’m not glowing,” you countered, locking the door.
“Oh, yeah?” another roommate popped her head into the hallway, overhearing your response. “Your skin is clear, you have a glint in your eyes, and you’re constantly smiling when you look at your phone. Who is he?”
“It’s—why do you assume it’s some guy?” you tried to defend yourself. “Maybe I’m just happy.”
“We’re in college,” your first roommate dead-panned. “None of us are just happy.”
She had a point, you had to give it to her. You still didn’t want to admit that it was BamBam – of all people – who was making the butterflies in your stomach come to life, though.
“Fine,” you chose to say, walking into the bedroom and sitting down on your bed. Both of your roommates followed you in. “I may have met someone.”
“Girl!” one of your roommates jumped up. She may have seen this coming but hearing you admit it still excited her. “Spill everything! Do we know him? Of course, we do, we hang out with all the same people. Is it Jake? I saw the way he was looking at you in Sociology. Or is it the foreign exchange student that wouldn’t leave you alone, what was his name—”
“It’s neither of them,” you stopped her. “I’d… like to keep his name a secret.”
“Aha, so that means we do know him,” another roommate concluded quickly. Living with law students sucked sometimes. “Come on, you have to tell us more. We live together so we have to share everything.”
“I don’t think that’s how—”
You stopped talking because your phone – that you had dropped on your bed as soon as you entered the room – suddenly buzzed, the screen lighting up. You had just left BamBam, so you had no doubt it was him checking up on you to see if you got home safe, but you reacted a second too slow.
Almost as soon as your phone vibrated, one of your roommates lunged for it, grabbing it and holding it out of your reach once she realized it might have been your secret boyfriend texting you.
“Give it to me!” you protested, running after her but she had a height advantage, so not only could you not reach your phone when she held it up, but also chasing after her was pointless since she had longer legs. “It’s not fair! I’m allowed to have secrets! Give it back!”
“No secrets in this room, we share everything about—BamBam?” her eyes widened and she stopped running from you as soon as she saw the sender of the most recent message on your phone. “W-why would BamBam be asking you if you got back okay? And with a heart emoji, no less?”
“It’s none of your business,” you shot back. “Give my phone to me!”
“Wait, is BamBam the guy that’s been making you all happy and everything?” your roommate asked as she handed your phone back to you, her eyes still shocked.
You groaned, knowing that there was no way out of this now. “I still don’t think it’s any of your business, but yes.”
Your roommates exchanged a look – you didn’t like that – and then glanced at you, clearly trying not to make you alarmed by how surprised they looked.
“We met at the party I went to two weeks ago,” you started to explain since they seemed to be having a hard time grasping this. “And we sort of clicked. I’ve been out with him almost every day since then.”
“Every day, huh?” your roommate repeated, crossing her arms over her chest, and biting her lip. You couldn’t understand why she was looking so nervous.
“Yeah,” you confirmed. “Why? What’s up?”
They exchanged a yet another look – it was starting to get really weird – and then stopped talking for a good minute. They probably would have been quiet for longer but you ended up breaking the silence.
“Guys,” you warned, feeling the way your heart rate increased. “Seriously, what’s up?”
“Maybe it’s nothing,” one of them finally said. She looked awfully uncomfortable. “But… uh, do you remember Minji and Jade?”
You frowned, shaking your head. “No. Should I?”
“Ah, well—okay, I have a few classes with them, they’re kind of…” she looked at your other roommate for help as she couldn’t find the right words to describe them.
“Annoying,” your other roommate finished. “Very loud, constantly laughing, always giving people dirty looks, never participating in group projects… you name it, they have it.”
“Okay,” you said, still confused. “Why are we talking about them?”
“Well, you see, the thing is…” the first roommate spoke again. She’d have literally rather mopped the entire dormitory instead of talking to you about this. “I overheard their conversation at my Statistics class yesterday. They were sitting right behind me, I really couldn’t help it. And, um… they were talking about BamBam.”
“Right,” you sat down on your bed, trying not to imagine what they could have talked about. “Bam’s a popular guy. People know him around here. They talk about him all the time.”
“That’s true,” she nodded but her voice sounded overly compassionate, like she was trying to praise a handicapped animal. “But they were talking about some kind of a party on Wednesday night – and I remember this because who the hell parties on a Wednesday? – and Minji was telling Jade about, uh… about her latest hook-up.”
You swallowed, concluding the story yourself, “she said it was BamBam?”
She looked away from you, nodding slowly. “Yeah. She did.”
“I-I mean, that doesn’t have to be true,” your other roommate piped in. She wasn’t usually looking for the best outcome, so you appreciate her attempt to diffuse the situation. “You know those two like to spread lies. They’re snakes. And who wouldn’t want to sleep with BamBam, I mean he’s—”
She stopped talking when your first roommate glared at her.
“It might not be true,” the previous roommate continued, this time sounding apologetic. “But people are still talking – girls, mainly. But I’ve also seen BamBam’s friends whistle when girls walked by, and then pat BamBam’s back as if to congratulate him, you know what I mean? It… it could have been old hook-ups, of course. I’m not saying they’re new. Actually, I don’t know what I’m saying at all, – please don’t think I’m trying to bring you down, – I-I… I just should you should know.”
You nodded, your mind blank. In comparison to the array of racing thoughts you’ve had when you told them you’ve been sort of going out with BamBam, not having to think about anything felt almost relieving. But the pain was right around the corner.
“It’s Friday tomorrow,” your other roommate said gently. “There should be a party he’s attending, right? I think you should confront him there.”
The more you stared at the floor, the more your wish to stay home the whole day tomorrow grew.
“I don’t think that’s a good idea,” you said. “It’ll make me seem psychotic.”
“No, don’t you dare say that,” she stopped you, her voice immediately becoming stricter. “That is a word that weak males use to describe girls who are standing up for themselves. Asking him if he’s sleeping around would not make you psychotic, especially if there is—uh, there might be proof that he really is.”
“He never…” you started to say but then thought against it. A moment later, you changed your mind and continued anyway, “he never really told me he’d be faithful. We’re not even in a relationship, he doesn’t have to—”
“Oh, honey, now you’re making excuses for him,” she said, sitting down on your bed next to you. Your other roommate joined in on the other side of you. “If he’ll tell you that he’s never slept with anyone because he’s talking to you, you can make the decision of what to do next. If he’s slept with other girls while talking to you because he didn’t realize you were exclusive, then you can call it a misunderstanding and figure out where to go from there, too. Point is, you have to talk to him. You can’t sit at home, not knowing.”
You turned to look at her. “Do you think he’s sleeping with other girls?”
She looked away from you – and that told you more than enough – and shook her head.
“It doesn’t matter what I think,” she said. “What do you think?”
You weren’t thinking, that was the worst part of it. Somewhere, deep in your mind, your brain seemed to echo that you should have really seen this coming. It told you that you deserved this simmering sense of betrayal for following your heart instead of listening to your mind. BamBam fucked around, that’s what he was like. You couldn’t have expected him to suddenly change after one kiss in a heated pool on an October night.
“I don’t know,” you said. “If I say he isn’t sleeping around, I’ll sound dumb and delusional. If I say he is, I’ll sound pathetic. I can’t win.”
Your other roommate sighed, resting her head on your shoulder.
“There’s nothing to win, sweetheart,” she spoke quietly. “Listen to your heart.”
“Isn’t my heart the reason why I’m in this situation in the first place?” you asked, unsure if you should have followed her advice.
“No,” she said. “Your heart is the reason why you’re having these doubts right now, instead of preparing what you’re going to say to him tomorrow night.”
You shook your head. “I’m not saying anything. I won’t talk to him.”
“That won’t do,” your first roommate stood up, holding your hand. “We’re not going to sit here and watch you beat yourself up about this. You’ll go to the party tomorrow night, you’ll find him, and you’ll ask him what’s going on.”
“And if he confirms the rumors? What if he says he’s sleeping around?”
“We’ll kill him then.”
You scoffed, looking back down at the floor.
Maybe they were right – not about the killing part – and you should have really talked to BamBam about this. You weren't a confrontational person and you liked to stay away from all possible arguments, but maybe that was the reason why you suffered so much. Maybe you never had enough courage to ask people things that were bothering you and that was exactly why you never got any closure.
“Will you come with me?” you asked quietly.
Both of your roommates nodded without hesitating.
“Of course,” the first one said. “We’ll even hold him down while you beat him up if that’s what it takes.”
“Yeah,” the other one confirmed, squeezing your hand to provide you with more reassurance. “We have your back. Just go out there and find out if he’s the person you think he is.”
Tumblr media
masterlist / ask (requests are closed)
522 notes · View notes